Skip to main content

Full text of "The Beauties of harmony : containing the rudiments of music on a new and improved plan; including, with the rules of singing, an explanation of the rules and principles of composition ; together with an extensive collection of sacred music ... /"

See other formats


ll 


COLLEGE  OF-lSlOO^f'ER  "^RARY 


* 


\ 


VX  II 

BEAUTIES  OF  HARMONY,        ^^^^ 

CONTAINING 

TRE  RUBIMEJ^'TS  OF  MUSIC  OX  A  JS'EW  ^JVD  IMPEOVED  FLAX; 

INCLUDING, 
WITH  THE  RULES  OF  SINGING,  AN  EXPLANATION  OF  THE  RULES  AND  PRINCIPLES  OF  COMPOSITION. 

TOGETHER  WITH 

AN  EXTENSIVE  COLLECTION  OF  SACRED  MUSIC, 

CONSISTING  OF 
-V        PLAIJV  TUJS'ES.  FUGES,  ^JTTSEMS,  ^c.  SOME  OF  WHICH  ARE  EJS'TIRELV  JYEff 

^r  TO  TBE  ■WHOLE  IS  ADDED  , 

AN   APPENDIX, 

CONTAINING  EXPLANATIONS  OP  IVtUSICAL    TERMS,  CHARACTERS,  ^*C.  ORIGINAL  AND  S]BLaCTj3», 


BF  FREEMAX  LEWIS. 


FOURTH    EDITION. 

PITTSBURGH: 


PRlNtED  And  PUBUSHBD  by  CRAMER  fe  SPEAR,  AT  THE  FRANKLIN  HEAD  BOOKSTOEEi  WOOD  STREET. 

1820,  * 


DISTRICT    OF    PENNSYLVANIA,    tO  WU: 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  that  on  tlie  eighteenth  day  of  May,  in  the  thirty -seventh  year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  A.  D.  1813,  Freeman  Lewis  and  Cramer,  Spear  ^  Eichbaum,  of  the  said  District,"  have  deposited  in  this  office,  the  title  of  a  book, 
the  right  whereof  they  chiim  as  proprietors,  in  the  words  following,  to  wit: 

"  The  Beauties  of  Harmony,  containing  the  Ilmliinents  of  Music  on  a  new  and  improved  plan;  in- 
cluding, tvilh  the  rules  of  singing,  an  explanation  of  the  rules  and  principles  of  composition.  Together 
7vilh  an  extensive  collection  of  Sacred  Music,  consisting  of  plain  tunes,  fuges,  anthems,  &'c.  some  of 
which  arc  entirely  nc7V.  To  the  7chole  is  added,  an  Appendix,  containing  explanations  of  musical  terms, 
characters,  &'c.  original  and  selected.     By  Freeman  Lewis."  ^ 

In  conformity  to  the  act  of  the  Congress  of  tlie  United  States,  entitled  "  An  act  for  the  encouragement  of  learning,  by  securing  tiie 
copies  of  maps,  charts  and  books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies,  during  the  times  therein  mentioned,"  and  also  an  act  entitled 
"  An  act  supplementary  to  an  act  entitled  '  An  act  for  the  encoBragement  of  learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  maps,  charts  and  books,  to  the 
authors  and  proprietors  of  such  books,  during  the  time  therein  mentioned,'  and  extending  the  benefits  thereof  to  the  arts  of  designing,  engraTing 
and  etching  historical  and  other  prints.'" 

D,  CALDWELL, 

Clerk  of  the  District  of  Pennsylvania. 


PEEFACE. 

THE  following  pages  appear  before  the  public,  in  consequence  of  the  frequent  inquiries  which  I  have  heard  made,  in  difl'erent  parts  of 
the  country,  for  a  book  which  slioukl  contain  a  more  correct  and  full  explanation  of  the  rules  and  principles  of  vocal  music,  and  a  larger  collec- 
tion of  such  tunes  as  would  be  both  pleasing  and  iiseful,  than  is  to  be  found  in  those  books  heretofore  circulated  through  this  country.  If  this 
work  does  in  any  measure  answer  such  demands,  by 'furnishing  our  churches,  societies,  singing  schools,  and  individual  friends  of  sacred  music, 
with  any  thing  which  they  have  heretofore  sought  for  without  finding,  my  design  in  publishing  it  will  be  in  some  measure  answered  ;  it  not, 
"  the  consequence  is  obvious." 

It  will  appear,  that  I  have  thrown  my  Gamut  into  a  catechetical  form ;  this  was  because  experience  has  convinced  me,  that  it  is  the  most 
speedy  and  proper  method  of  conveying  a  knowledge  of  the  Rudiments  of  Music  to  the  mind  of  the  learner.  A.  portion  of  the  Gamut  in  this 
book  is  original;  but  the  music  is  selected  from  various  publications,  both  European  and  American,  except  a  few  pieces,  which  were  never 
printed,  until  in  this  work.  1  have  inserted  a  musical  variety ;  it  would  have  been  partial  and  ungenerous,  to  have  confined  the  pages  to  a  set 
of  compositions  of  one  particular  style,  which  might  please  my  own  ear,  or  that  of  any  other  individual ;  knowing  that  scarcely  any  two  will 
make  the  same  choice  of  pieces  of  music,  though  written  by  the  same  author.  I  hope  every  lover  of  music  who  sees  the  book,  may  find  at  least 
one  page  which  will  please  their  taste. 

I  have  inserted  a  number  of  old  tunes:  1  think  them  as  good  as  when  they  were  new ;  and  better  than  many  which  are  yet  new.  I  have 
inserted  a  number  of  new  tunes;  they  have  peculiarities  and  beauties  which  are  not  to  be  found  in  ancient  composition.  I  have  inserted  a 
number  of  fuges  and  anthems,  because,  they  do  (when  well  performed)  express  the  language  to  which  they  are  applied,  better  than  any  plain 
tune  can  do.  I  have  left  out  many  pieces,  which  it  is  probable  some  persons  will  say  ought  to  have  been  in  the  place  of  some  which  are  in  the 
book;  but  I  had  reasons  for  omitting  them.  I  had  collected  a  number  of  valuable  pieces  of  music,  which  will  not  be  found  in  the  following 
pages,  because  the  expense  of  the  publication  does  not  allow  of  increasing  the  size  of  the  bouk  without  increasiMsAhe  price  also— they  may  be 
hereafter  published,  if  sufiicient  encouragement  is  given.*  ^^ 

Notwithstanding  great  care  has  been  taken  to  have  the  work  correct,  some  errors  may  have  escaped  notice;  but  should  any  be  discovered 
they  will  be  particularly  attended  to  before  another  edition  is  printed.  Without  further  remarks,  1  commit  the  bouk  to  the  hands  of  a  candid, 
generous  and  enlightened  public  ;  they  do  not  expect  a  perfect  work  from  the  hands  of  man,  and  will  therefore  be  the  proper  judges,  whether 
this  compilation  merits  attention  or  not. 

F.  LEWIS. 

Bedstone,  ^pril,  1814.  /•  „^r>r-r'vy 

•  Iilthis/o«r«A  edition  there  will  be  found  ten  piee«  not  publisfieTm  &e/i«i/(^»5SM^^flWldbf®tUSiTnBfi£»'Wl  wilh  other  valuable  irapioveiuents  in  the  body  of  the  uor' 

PHIwAa.  PA.     WU7 


[JSTDEX. 


Tunai. 
America  > 
Aniamla  3 
Amherst ) 
Amity     ^ 
Africa   > 
Albany  C 
Amsterdam 
Autumn 
Allsaiiits 
Allsaints  New 
Arise,  an  Anthem 
Austria 
Alstcad         ? 
Jiridgewater  3 
Berlin 
Brookfipltl 
Bunker  Hill  ? 
Buckingham  <| 
Bristol 
Bray         ? 
Brunswic  3 
Bourbon  f 
Concord  ^ 
Cambridge  } 
China         5 
Communion  ?   . 
Coronation   $ 
Calvary 
""omplaint 


Fage. 

27 

28 

£9 

30 
31 
52 
32—33 
34—39 
40 

41 

42—43 
43 

44 

#    45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

aO 
51 


.? 


ColeshiU  ?  ""a. 

Cookham5 

Covvper 

Contentnie)|t 

Creation 

Cumberland 

Cumberland  New ' 

Charleston  } 

Chockset    3 

Colchester  ) 

Devises      3 

David's  Lamentation 

Dunlap's  Creek  7 

Doomsday  ^ 

Delight 

Dcatli's  Alarm 

Bunstan 

Dalston  } 

Dover    5 

Denmark 

Detroit     - 

Eastford 

Easter  Anthem 

Enlield     - 

Exeter      -         .         - 

Kiducia    ) 

Fairfield  5 

Few  Happy  Matches ; 

Funeral  Thought        ' 

Funeral  Anthem 


52 

53 
53—54 

54 

55 

56 

57 
58 
59 
60 
61 

62 

63— CG 

67 

67—68 

69—71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76—77 


Ganges 

Gethsemane 

Gloucester? 

Grove         5 

Greenfield 

Greenwich 

Handel's  Hymn 

Hartford 

Hampton 

Helmsley  } 

Hinsdale  5 

Hollis  ? 

St.  Humphreys  5 

Huntington 

Hotham    - 

Heavenly  Vision 

Isle  of  Wight  ^ 

Irish 

Invitation 

Jordan      -         -         - 

Judgment 

Jubilee         ?    _ 

Kinderhook  3 

Kingsbridee) 

Kingswood   3 

Kittery     - 

Lamberton )     _ 

Lebanon     3 

Lover's  Lamentation 

Littleton  -        * 


77 
78 

79 

80 
81 

82—83 
84 
85 

86 

87 

88 

89 

90—93 

94 

95 
96 
97 

98 

99 

-  100 

-  101 

102—103 

-  104 


Little  Marlboro  > 
Liberty  Hall      3 
Lenox  ) 
Lisbon  3 
Majesty 
Madridi' 
Mear 
Melodia 
St.  Martins   > 
St.  Michaels  3 
Milford 
Middleton  Old 
Middleton  New  7 
Miles  Lane        5 
Mount  Pleasant 
Mount  Ephraim 
Monmouth 
Montgomery 
Morning  Hymn 
Moreton 
Montreal  ? 
Munich    3 
Morpheus  } 
Namur      3 
New  York  > 
Newbury    3 
New  Hundred  > 
Newingham      3 
New  Jerusalem 
Newburgh 


105 

106 
107 
108 
109 
110 

111 

112 

lis 

114—115 
1 
1 
117 

lis 

119 
120 
121 

122 

123 
124 


m 


INDEX. 


Newport 

New  Yorlc  Anthem 
Ninety -third? 
Ninety-fifth  $ 
Newcourt  > 
Norway    j 
Northfield  > 

Norwich    5 

New  Sabbath  } 
Northampton  5 

Kewmark       > 

Old  Hundred  $ 

Ocean     - 

Oporto 

Omega 

Old  Fiftieth 

Paris        > 

Peckham  5 

?enitence  ? 
utney      j 
Pittsburgh 


126- 


125) 
-129 

130 
131 

132 


134 

135 

136 
137 
138 

139 

140 
141 


Paraphrase     - 
Pleyel's  Hymn 
Pentonville 
Portugal     ^ 
Resolution  5 
Rapture 
Rainbow 
Repentance 
Redemption 
Rockbridge   } 
Rockingham  $ 
Rochester  } 
Russia       5 
Rocky  Nook 
Rose  of  Sharon 
Savannah 
Sutton  ?■ 

Sutton  New  $ 
Salisbury 
Sanborton 
See!  He  Rises 


142—143 
144 

145 

146 
147 
148 
149 

150 

151 

152 

153—158 
158 

159 

160 
161 
162 


Saints'  Repose 
Southwell 
Suffield 
Sophronia 
Sheffield 
Silver  Street 
Sherburne 
Spring    - 
Springfield 
Scotland 
Symphon* 
Thirty-Third 
Thirty-Fourth 
Thomaston 
Trowbridge    - 
St.  Thomas        7 
Twenty-Fourth  $ 
Triumph  > 
Truro       $ 
Trinity  ? 
Turin    5 


163 
164—165 

166 

167 

168 

169 

170 

171 

172 

173 

174 

175 

176 

177 

178 
179 
180 


Union  >  .        . 

Unitia  5 
\ictory  ?        . 
Virginia  5 
Vernon 
Walpole 
Walsal  I 

Wells   S 

Waybridge  } 

Wilderness  5 

Wareham 

Winchester  ? 

Winchester  New  J 

Winter      ? 

Windham  $ 

Westonfavel 

Westminster 

Westford  ? 

Westford  New  S 

Williamstowu  ? 

Winwick  S 


181 

182 

183 

184 

185 

186 
187 
188 

189 

190 
191 

192—193 
194 


=6 


THE  IlVDIME:yTS 


MUSICAL  CHARACTERS,  &c. 


A  Jitave. 


A  Brace. 


or 


AUa^io. 


3  Irom  8 


h 


6  to  4. 


^ 


F  Cliff. 


AUesro. 


6  from  8. 


ii 


1st  G  ciiti: 


2  from  4 
1 

4 


Single  Bar. 


C  Clift". 


i 


3  to  2 

^ 

Double  Bar. 


0 


2d  G  Cliff. 


3  from  4 


4 


A  Close. 


W 


Limar  Metre. 


L.M. 


Common  Metre. 

a  M. 


Short  Metre. 

S.  M. 


A  Flat, 
b 


A  slur. 


A  Sharp. 


A  Natural 


A  Direct. 


Point  of  Addition. 


Staccato. 


Proper  Metre. 

P.  M. 


Mi  Faw  Sol  La 

?    p:    P    P 

f     ^     fE     P 

$     iC     S     P 


A  Repeat. 


A  Prisa. 


A  Ledger-line. 


:s:    or 


A  Trill, 
tr. 


A  Hold. 


Figures  reiiresenling  ttie 
No.  of  syllables  in  eact 
line. 

886,886,  ^-c. 


Seinibreves. 

s    e:    Q    D 

Rest. 


Minims 

E  E 
E  t 

Rest. 


Crotchets. 
¥     Pi:     ^     PC 


Rest. 


Quavers. 

^     i^     ^     V 


Rest. 


Siemiquavers. 

E  ^  t  E 

kH         ba        ^       Ik 

Rest. 


Demisemiquavers. 

S    F:    PE    n 

■1       h-      U       b. 

=  t  t  s 

Rest. 


OF  MUSIC,  &c. 


Question  1.  What  is  a  stove? 

Answer.  A  stave  is  five  parallel  lines,  witli 
their  intermediate  spaces,  on  which  musical 
characters  and  notes  are  written. 

Q.  2.  What  is  the  use  of  a  brace  ? 


A.  A  Irace  shows  how  many  parts  of  music 
are  performed  togetlier. 


A  stave. 


^^ 


Two  parts. 


Q.  3.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  F  cliff?  7— j- 

A.  That  the  stave  upon  whicli   it  is  placed  »  *•' 
belongs  to  the  I  ass,  or  lowest  part  of  music. 
Q.  4.   What  do  you  understand  by  the  1st 

G  cliff-?  {^)  :^ 

A.    That  the  stave  upon  which  it  is  placed  ^^ 

belongs  to  thp  tenor,  or  second  part  of  niusic.  ^i. 

Q.  5.  What  do  you  understand  by  theC  cliff?    

A.  That  the  stave  upon  which  it  is  placed  '3 

belongs  to  the  counter,  or  third  pact  of  music.  :.*-■ 

Q.  6.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  2d  G 

''^'ff^  .                                       .       .    .  = 

A.  That  the  stave  upon  which  it  is  placed    

belongs  to  tiie  treble,  or  highest  part  of  music. 


Bas 


Tenc 


Counter. 


Treble 


(1)  The  1st  n  cliffis  by  some  useil  for  brtli  countei-anrl  treble,  ami  in  thji  (4lli)  edi- 
tion of  this  work,  it  is  useil  for  treble  in  some  pieces,  but  always  ou  the  upper  stave. 


Q.  7.  What  do  you  understand  by  Jldugio, 
or  the  letter  C  upon  the  stave  .►' 


A.  That  the  following  piece  of  music  is  in 
the  first  mood  of  common  time,  or  a  very  slow 
movement,  having  one  semibreve,  or  its  tpian- 
tity,  two  accents,  four  beats,  (2)  and  four  se- 
conds of  time  to  a  measure. 


Q.  8.  What  is  the  signification  of /.aj'^o,  or 
the  letter  C  crossed  by  a  single  bar  } 


A.  That  it  represents  the  second  mood  of 
common  time  ;  having  a  semibreve,  or  its  quan- 
tity, two  accents,  (3)  four  beats,  and  three  se- 
conds of  time  to  a  measure. 


^=^ 


azzmi 


ill 


HI'S 


(■2)  The  first  and  second  moods  of  common  time  are  sometimes  performed  w  th  two 
beats  to  a  measure. 

(3)  Wheatliere  is  but  one  note,  there  is  but  one  accent  in  &  measure — (accented  as 
marked./) 


THE  RUDIMEXTS 


Q.  9.  What  is  signitied  by  Allegro,  or  the 
letter  C  iaverted? 


A.  That  it  represents  the  third  mood  of  com- 
mon time,  having  a  semibreve  (or  its  quantity) 
two  accents,  two  beats,  and  two  seconds  of  time 
to  a  measure. 


Q.  10.  What  is  the  signification  of  two  from 
four? 


A.  The  fourth  mood,  of  common  <f  me,  having 
a  minim,  or  its  quantity,  one  accent,  two  beats, 
and  a  second  and  a  half  ol'  time  to  a  measure. 


^^M 


1 

_£^" 

^' 

il 

^1 

X* 

t 

^ 

fc  ■■  »  ■ 

^ 

w\ 

~-r n-T 

z 

"•        d  \     \ 

Jll. 

1           ••  ■ 

3J 

_l ^    i 

Q.  1 1 .  What  do  you  understand  by  S  to  2  f    ^T 


m 


0- 


A.  Tliat  it  signifies  tlie  first  mood  of  triple 

time,  having  three  iiiinims,  or  their  quantity,  ^£; 

one  (4)  accent  (commonly)  three  beats,    and  ^ 

three  seconds  of  time  to  a  measure.  — 


li^ 


4? 


Q.  12.  What  tlo  you  understand  by  3  from 


4- 


II 


A.  The  second  vwod  of  triple  time,  having 
three  crotchets,  or  tlieir  cjuantity,  three  beats, 
one  accent,  and  one  and  a  half  seconds  of  time 
to  a  measure.  "3! 


(4)  When  the  measure  contains  three  minims  or  three  equal  parts,  there  is  usually  a 
full  accent  on  the  first,  and  a  halt"  accent  on  the  third  part — See  Lessone  for  Tuning  the 
Voice. 


OF  MUSIC,  i^c. 


» 


Q.  13.  What  is  signified  by  3  from  8  ? 


A.  The  third  mood  of  triple  time,  having 
three  quavers,  or  their  quantity,  three  beats, 
one  accent,  and  three-fourths  of  a  second  of 
time  to  a  measure.  JVote — This  mood  is  easi- 
er performed  with  one  beat  to  each  measure, 
down  with  the  first  and  up  for  the  second. 


Q.  14.  What  is  signified  by  6  to  4  i 


A.  The^rstmood  of  compoMJifi timejliaving 
six  crotchets,  or  their  equivalent,  two  accents, 
two  beats,  and  tM;o  secojirfs  of  time  to  a  mea- 
sure. 


Q.  15.  What  is  signified  by  6  from  8: 


&Et:=t 


S 


IS 


m 


mmm 


n?^ 


5 

4 


A.  The  second  mood  of  compound  time  hav-    ai — t ^- 


ing  six  quavers,  or  their  equivalent,  two  ac- 
cents, two  beats  and  one  second  of  time  to  a 
measure.  JSTote — Some  allow  one  and  a  half 
seconds  Of  time. 


5S 


[•-•-f»3 


h: 


isW^ 


Q.  16.  What  proportion  of  time  do  the  notes  bear  to  each  other  ? 
A.  One 


semibreve 
is  equal  in 
time  to 
2  minims 


i 


4  crotchets 

8  qUAfers 

16  semi- 
quavers,or 


Eii=:g 


^ 


2=E^z£E5: 


eeIeU 


^^rE£EaE5353E3^iEa 


32  demise-  yfPPl^^*f 
miquavers,  T3J™^^£^ 
inthesamelCtfitCSS': 
mood  of 
time. 


W.-1 


Each  one  of  the  above  staves  is  equal  to  a  measure,  in  one  of  thc- 
three  first  moods  of  com-raon  time,  filled  with  its  proper  quantity. 


B 


10 


THE  ItULIMEJ^TS 


silent  1  ^  secnnds. 


Q.  17.  AVliat  is  signified  hy  the  characters 
called  resfs  ? 

A.  Each  rest  signifies  or  requires  silence, 
or  a  cessation  of  tounil  in  the  jiiace  where  it 
stands,  during  the  same  space  of  time  that  is  re- 
quired to  perlbrm  the  note  after  which  it  is  cal- 
led, in  the  same  mood  of  time. 

Q.  18.  What  is  the  use  of  a  s/no-Zp  Jor? 
A.  A  single  bar  divides  the  stave  into  equal 
parts,  or  portions  of  time. 

Q.  19.  Wliat  is  the  use  of  a  double  bar? 
A.  A  double  bar  sho«s  wliere  a  strain  ends, 
vliicli  is  to  be  icpeated. 

Q.  20.   What  is  the  use  of  a  close? 
A.  A  close  shows  where  the  tune  ends. 

Q.  21.  "What  is  i'ne  use  oi aflat?  (.i) 

A.  A  fiat  being  placed  on  a  line  or  space, 

sinks  the  degree  thereof  a  seiuitone  lower,  &,c. 
Q.  '2J.  Wliat  is  tlie  use  of  a  skarp?  (6) 
A.  A  sliaip  sot  upon  a  line  or  space,  raises 

the  degree  tlicreof  a  halftone. 


(5)  Accidental  fl;*ts  or  sliarpa,  sUtiougli  they  alter  the  sound,  do  not  cliange  t!te  name 
of  the  notes  before  v.liich  they  aj"e  placed,  except  the  key  note  is  removed, in  uhich 
esse  there  is  one  oi"  rr.oi  e  i)tMCed  in  each  stave  in  the  same  measure. 

(6)  Accidental  tlats  or  shar^^s  are  suali  as  are  uot  at  tiie  cUff. 


Q.  23.  What  is  the  use  of  a  natural? 

A.  A  natural  placed  upon  a  line  or  space 
which  has  been  flatted  or  sharped,  restores  the 
notes  thereof  to  their  primitive  sound  or  de- 
gree. 

Q.  24.  What  is  the  use  of  a  direct? 

A.  A  direct  is  placed  at  the  end  of  a  stave, 
upon  the  same  line  or  space  where  the  first 
note  will  be  found  in  the  followin"  stave. 


l^iE^^ 


Si 


lisHi 


Q.  25.  Whatis  the  use  of  a /Joifit  of  arff/if  ton  .^    i. iZt 

A.  A  point  is  considered  as  adding  to  the 
note  which  it  follows,  half  its  usual  length  of 
time. 


Q.  26.  What  is  signified  by  &  staeeato? 

A.  A  staccato  signifies  that  the  notes  over 
which  it  i.s  placed,  should  be  pronounced  more 
distinctly  than  the  other  notes  in  the  tune. 


Q.  27.  What  is  the  use  of  a  sZur.' 

A.  A  slur  shows  how  many  (or  includes  the 


Q.  28.  What  is  the  use  of  a  repeat? 

A.  A  repeat  shows  that  the  tune  must  be 
again  perforinecl  or  sung  from  the  note  before 
^vhich  it  is  placed,  to  the  end  of  the  next  dou- 
ble bar  or  close.  (7) 

Q.  29.  What  is  signified  by  a  prisa? 

A.  It  signifies  that  the  preceding  word,  or 
sentence,  must  be  sung  to  the  note  or  notes  un- 
der which  it  is  set. 


Q.  30.   What  is  the  use  of  a  ledger  line? 

A.  A  ledger  line  shows  the  degree  of  notes 
which  are  beyond  the  compass  of  the  stave, 
either  above  or  below.  (8) 


Q-  31.  What  is  signified  by  a  trill? 

A.  A  trill,  or  tr.  signifies  that  the  note  over 
which  it  is  placed  should  be  lightly  warbled, 
like  a  soft  roll. 


OF  MUSIC,  &c. 


number  of)  notes  that  are  applied  to  one  sylla-    -r 
ble.  ^ 


is: 


i 


sail 


IggS 


rise         rise         rise 


I 


i^H 


(7)  That  part  of  a  piece  which  is  repeated,  should  be  performed  about  one-fourtti 
quitkei'tlie  second  time  than  the  first  ;  and  in  sharp  keyed  tunes,  somewhat  louder. 

(8)  Notes  above  the  stave  are  called   "  notes  in  alt,"  -ixA  those  which  are  below  are 
called  "  dotibles,"  as  double  D,  double  F,  8jc. 


Q.  32.  What  is  the  use  of  a  haid.  ? 


A.  A  hold  requires  the  note  or  word  over 
which  it  is   placed,  to  be  sounded  somewhat 

(9) 


longer  than  its  usual  time  without  one 


Q.  33.  What  is  signified  by  the  figure  3  plac- 
ed over  or  under  three  notes  ? 

A.  It  signifies  that  tiiese  three  notes  must  be 
performed  in  the  usual  time  of  two  of  the  same 
kind  without  such  figure. 


Q.  34.  What  is  signified  by  the  figures  1  2 
at  a  double  bar  or  close  following  a  repeat .' 

A.  They  signify  that  the  note  or  notes  un- 
der I  must  be  sun^  the  first  time,  and  those 
under  2  the  second  time  ;  but  when  tied  with  a 
slur,  both  are  tg  be  sung  the  second  time. 

Q.  35.  What  is  signified  by  DaCapo,  orD.C? 

A.    It  sliows  from    whence  the   performer 
must  return  back,  and  repeat  the  first  strain. 
(10) 


ii 


■-©- 


a=3 


D  C. 


(9)  M.iny  authors  use  this  character  without  specifying  what  time  it  commands: 
therefore,  as  it  has  been  discretional  heretofore,  let  us,  to  avoid  confusion,  aay,  continue 
the  sound  I  4th  lunger  =  5-4lhs  usual  time. 

(10)  D.i  Capo  signifies  nuich  the  same  as  a  repeat,  or  as  the  figures  1  2  at  the  end  of 
a  strain  ;  none  of  whicli  are  placed,  except  some  notes  or  words  are  to  be  twice  played 
or  sung. 


i» 


THE  RUBIMEIN'TS 


Q.  36.  How  many  souncts  properly  belong  te 
one  key  note  ? 
A.  Seven;  or  jive  tones  and  two  semitones. 


Q.  ST.  By  what  are  th&  seven  sounds  repre- 
sented ? 

A.  By  the  seven  first  letters  of  the  alphabet. 


Q.  38.  How  ar«  the  lines  and  spaces  of  the 
bass  stave  represented,  or  distinguished  by  tlic 
letters. 

A.  G  stands  upon  the  first  or  lowest  line 
A         -         -         -        first  Sjjace 
B         -        -         -        second  line 
C        -        - 
D 

E        -        -        -  -     space 

¥        -        -        .        fourth  line 
3d  G         -        -         -  -      space 

2d  A         -        -        -        fifth,  or  upper  line 


A  B  C  D  E 

F  G 

.^1 

-rr       ,1 

•  * 

±»-A-i-___. — :± 

I     2    3 

7  F 
6      E 
5  D 
4      C 
3  B 
2      A 
1  G 


4    5 


space 
tliird  line 


A 


Q.  39.  How  do  tlie   ieUers  stand  upon  the 
lines  and  spaces  of  tiic  tenor  and  treble?  (11) 


(II)  Tlie  tenor  nrjil  treble  staves  ai'C  i'c-pi-cstnl.c(l  Iv  tliesanie  k-tlers,  but  different 
Clilfs. 


A.  E  stands  npon  the  first  or  lowest  line         F- 

F        -        -        -  -       space 

G        -        -        -  second  line               D- 

A        -        -        -  -       space 

B         -        -        -  third     line               B- 

C        -        -        -  -       space 

D        -        -        -  fourth  line               G- 

2d  E        -        -        -  -       space 

2d  F         -        -        -  fifth      line               E- 

2d  G        -        -        -  space  above 
or  in  alt,  &c. 

J^Tote. — The  letters  are  here  considered  in  their 
natural  place.     See  plate  1st. 
Q.  40.  How  do  the  letters  stand  upon  the 


counter  stave .'' 
A.  F  stands  on  the  first, 

or  lowest  line 

G 
A 

: 

- 

space 
second  line 

B 

C 

_ 

- 

space 
third      line 

D 

E 

2(1  F 
2dG 

1 1 1 1 
1 1 1 1 

space 
fourth    line 

space 
fifth       line. 

G- 

E- 
C- 

A- 
F- 


E 


D 


B 


G 


Q.  41.  How  are  the  notes  HflHied  in  singing  as  they  move,  either 
rising  or  falling  upon  tlie  stave  ? 

A.  1.  When  the  place  of  the  me  [see  plate  1st]  is  found,  then 
all  the  notes  upon  the  next  degree  (unless  the  key  changes,  HiC.) 
whether  line  or  space,  are  called  fan- ;  all  upon  the  second,  sol ;  all 


TabJe  Lorth*:  tlifret-f^TK-ii s  l>et''''e en    tkf.  'Keys 


T.,\  •'  ■/-  -il^^ 


V    Ker„. 


* f^- 

rtatKiy 

^  ■ 

" 

7 

■ 

i 

h.           v* 

Nr 4:^ 

a i-^— 

I 

Tht  wiinlrt    Sc  ?le  fc  the  f   -^  > 
branohiri'i^   Uier«fifOin.  ><■  ^_ 


OF  MUSIC,  l^c. 


13 


upon  the  </iir(i,  law,  all  upon  ihe  fourth,  f aw  ;  all  upon  the  ^//A, 
sol;  and  all  upon  the  sioeth,  above  me,  law  ;  then  upon  the  seventh, 
comes  me  again.  2.  Below  me  is  just  the  reverse,  or  twice  laic,  sol, 
fait;  &c. — or  in  this  book,  all  tlie 

Diamond  headed  notes  are 
Triangular  notes 
Circular  notes 


Me 

Faw 

Sol 

Law  (13) 


is: 
P 
P 


Square  notes 

Q.  42.  What  is  iiiMsic  ?  (14) 

A.  Music  is  that  part  of  sound  most  pleasing  to  the  ear. 

Q.  43.  How  many  kinds  of  music  are  there  .'' 

A.  Two ;  vocal  and  instrumental. 

Q.  44.  What  is  the  difference  between  vocal  music  and  instru- 
mental music  ? 

A.  Vocal  music  is  that  which  is  composed  for  and  performed  by  the 
voice ;  but  instrumental  music  is  sucli  as  is  composed  for,  or  played 
upon  some  kind  of  instrument. 

Q.  45.  What  are  the  principal  pro^jerties  of  music? 

A.  Tune,  time  and  conchord. 

Q.  46.  What  is  tune  .' 

A.  A  movement  between  acuteness  and  gravity,  or  high  and  low 
sounds. 


(13)  The  notes  are  pronounced  asspelleil  above,  instead  of  fa,  so,  la,  mi,  &c      When 
Ihe  learner  has  committed  to  memory  tlic  pi-eceding  questions  and  answers,  he  may  be 

f^  exercised  upon  the  Lessons  for  I'uning  the  voice,  and  on  some  plain  tunes  ;    attending  to 
the  following  as  time  will  permit. 

(14)  It  may  appear  to  some,    that  these  questions  should  have  been  the  first  in  the 
book  i  but  I  chose  to  put  lliose  fint  whieh  should  be  first  ne«ded  by  the  learner. 


Q.  47.  What  is  time  in  luusic- 

A.  It  is  a  regular  and  true  division  of  ihe  music  into  proper  and 
regular  portions  of  notes  and  rests,  words,  accents,  beats,  &c.  by  cut- 
ting the  whole  piece  into  small  measures,  (15)  containing  equal  quan- 
tities tliereof. 

Q.  48.  What  is  a  conchord  in  music  } 

A.  It  is  an  agreement  or  union  of  seunds,  or  two  or  more  sounds 
or  intervals  at  such  particular  distiincc  from  each  other  (according  to 
their  respective  or  relative  number  of  vibrations)  (16)  as  being  struck 
at  one  time,  will  seem  to  unite  together  and  be  agreeable  to  the  ear. 

Q.  49.  What  is  dischord  in  music  ? 

A.  Two  or  more  sounds  or  degrees,  at  such  distance  from  each 
other,  as  being  struck  at  one  time,  will  be  rough,  grating  and  disa- 
greeable to  the  ear. 

Q.  50.  Wliich  intervals  or  degrees  arc  called  perfect  chords? 

A.  The  unisons,  fifths,  and  eighths. 

Q.  5 1.  Which  intervals  or  degrees  are  called  imjjerfect  (\7)  chords? 

A.  Thirds,  sharp  fourths,  flat  fiftlis,  and  sixths. 

Q.  52.  Wiiich  intervals  are  called  dischords? 

A.  Seconds,  flat  fourths,  sevenths,  ninths,  &c. 


(15)  In  most  of  the  music  books  wliicli  I  have  seen,  it  is  improperly  said,  such  portions 
are  •  in  a  bar ;'  at  tlie  same  time  '  a  bar'  is  only  a  line  of  division,  and  in  fact  contains 
nothing. 

(16)  The  distance  between  intervals  is  reckoned  accordmg  to  then-  difference  m  semi- 
tones. It  is  evident  that  the  air  is  the  medium  by  wliich  sounds  are  conveyed  to  the  organ 
of  hearing,  and  the  acuteness  or  gravity  of  a  sound  depends  entirely  upon  the  number  of 
vibrations  conveyed.    The  greater  thiiil  is  near  a  perfect  chord. 

(17)  See  the  table  of  chords  ami  dischords. 


14 


THE  RUDIMEXTS 


Q.  53.  Are  (here  any  iliscliorils  allowed  in  composition  ? 

A.  As  one  of  the  most  difficult  parts  of  composition,  is  that  of  in- 
troducing occasionally  a  ilischord,  in  such  place,  and  manner,  as  to 
show  more  plainly  and  fully  the  power  and  beauti/  of  music;  there- 
fore, there  should  be  but  few  dischords  allowed," and  those  few  fol- 
lowed by  perfect  chords. 

Q    54.  How  are  the  degrees,  as  5d,  6th,  7th,  &c.  discovered  .' 

A.  Begin  at  the  key  note,  which  call  one,  the  next  line  or  space 
fwo,  then  t/tree,  &c.  to  the  other  key  note,  which  will  be  the  eighth 
from  the  key  whence  you  proceeded. 

Q.  55.  What  is  signified  by  a  sharp  fourth,  nflat  fourth,  &c. 

A.  Any  degree  \vTien  sharp,  is  a  semitone  higher  than  the  same 
degree  wlieu  flat. 

Q.  56.  What  is  sound  .' 

A.  Any  strong  vibration  of  the  air  upon  the  drum  or  organ  of  the 
ear. 

Q.  57.  By  what  is  sound  formed  ? 

A.  Any  thing  ( 1 8)  which  puts  the  air  in  quick  motion,  will  thereby 
cause  a  miirmur,  or  kind  of  sound. 

Q.  58.  How  are  sounds  to  be  disposed  of,  that  they  may  become 
agreeable  or  musical  ? 

A.  By  modulating  or  confining  them  to  proper  limits  and  degrees. 


(18)  When  the  air  is  put  in  raotinn  l>y  any  poy.-er,  it  is  supposed  to  move  in  every  di- 
rection for  liberty  to  rest,  or  cesse  iVom  moving,  :is  water  will  when  any  heavy  body  is 
cast  into  it ;  and  supposing  the  air  to  be  composed  ol'an  infinite  number  ol'small  particles, 
then  in  aptalion,  the  degrees  of  acutencss  or  gravity  of  the  sound  thereb>  constituted,  will 
be  acconling  to  the  number  ofthose  particles  I'orceil  into  contact  with  any  sohd  body  over 
which  they  pass  in  acertain  space  of  time.  Thus,  ifa  strina;  strikes  lOOO'of  those  particles 
in  one  seconil,  we  denominate  the  sound  thereof  twice  as  high  or  sliaip  as  when  it  strikes 
300  in  one  SLcond. 


Q.  59.  How  far  may  those  degrees  extend  ? 

A.  To  •22  for  vocal  music,  (^whicli  is  the  ordinary  compass  of  the 
voice)  or  about  30  degrees  for  instrumental  music. 

Q.  60.  How  many  whole,  and  half  tones  are  there  in  the  scale  of 
22  degrees.' 

A.  There  are  16  whole  tones  and  6  half  tones,  or  in  all  38  semi- 
tones 

Q.  61.  How  are  the  22  degrees  written,  to  discover  their  places 
through  the  whole  scale  ? 

A.  Upon  eleven  lines  and  their  intermediate  spaces;  or  Jive  lines 
and  four  spaces  for  each  part  or  octave  (19)  [See  plate  1st.] 

Q.  62.  How  is  music  naturally  divided  ? 

A.  Into  melody  and  harmony. 

Q.  63.  What  is  melody  .=" 

A.  Melody  is  the  agreeable  effect  which  arises  from  9in»;/«  sounds, 
or  one  part  of  music  only. 

Q.  64.  What  is  harmony  .•* 

A.  Harmony  is  the  pleasing  union  of  several  sounds  at  the  same 
time,  or  several  parts  of  music  together. 

Q.  65.  What  are  the  several  parts  of  music  called  when  composed 
together .' 

A.  The  counter  parts,  or  contrary  parts. 

Q.  66.  Are  there  any  more  than  the/oz(r  common  or  counter  parts 
of  music  ? 

A.  Yes,  such  as  medeus,  cantits  and  low  counter;  but  they  are  all 
included  in  what  is  called  the  counterparts. 


(19)  The  whole  scale  contains  three  octaves,  CRch  octave  having  Us  own  key  note,  by 
which  it  is  governed. 


OF  MUSIC,  (Jc. 


IS 


Q.  67.  What  is  medeus? 

A.  A  meileus  is  the  treble  stave,  or  part,  performed  an  octave  be- 
low its  proper  pitch,  or  the  treble  part  sung  by  a  maw's  voice. 

Q.  68.  \\\\a.t  is  cantus? 

A.  Cantiis  is  the  tenor  stave,  or  part,  performed  an  octave  above 
its  proper  pitch,  or  the  tenor  jiart  sung  by  a  woman's  voice. 

Q.  69.  \\ hat  is  loiv  counter? 

A.  Low  counter  is  the  common  counter  stave  performed  an  octave 
below  its  proper  pitch. 

Q.  70.  What  is  signified  by  an  octave? 

A.  Every  key  note,  or  every  eighth  note  above  or  below  any  other, 
is  its  octave. 

Q.  71.  To  which  particular  stave  does  each  octave  properly  be- 
long ? 

A.  The  _/irst  key,  or  lowest  octave,  to  the  ftflss  stave  ;  the  second 
to  the  tenor  ;  the  third  to  the  treble,  or  upper  part ;  the  counter  claims 
both  second  and  third,  but  most  commonly  the  third  only. 

Q.  72.  What  voices  are  most  suitable  to  each  particular  octave? 

A.  The  lowest  voices  of  men  to  the  bass;  the  /((g'/fcst  voices  of 
vien  to  the  tenor;  the  voices  of  boi/s  and  the  lowest  voices  of  women 
to  the  counter  ;  and  the  highest  voices  o(  women  to  the  treble. 

Q.  73.  What  number  of  voices  should  there  be  upon  each  part,  to 
make  a  just  proportion  of  sounds,  or  good  harmony  f 

A.  The  number  of  voices  proper  for  each  part  depends  much  upon 
the  disposition  of  the  tune,  and  the  strengtii  of  the  voices;  but  the 
common  ratio  is — tltree  bass,  one  tenor,  one  counter  &x\<\  two  treble  ; 
and  in  the  same  proportion  for  any  greater  number.  (20) 


(20)  It  frequently  is  so,  tliat  5  bass,  3  teiior,  2  counter  and  4  treble  make  better  har- 
iBony.    (Note  7,  also  1st  page  of  observations,  and  obs.  19.) 


Q.  74.  What  is  the  use  of  a  cliff? 

A.  A  cliff  signifies  iieaily  the  same  as  key,  or  key  note;  it  serves 
for  opening  to,  and  shov\iiig  tiie  particular  pifcA  of  the  part  or  stave 
which  it  stands  upon,  or  to  which  octave  such  stave  belongs ;  also 
which  letters  and  degrees  belong  to  each  line  and  space  thereof. 

Q.  75.  Which  degrees  of  the  general  scale  do  the  cliffs  usually 
represent?  (21) 

A.  The  F  cliff  represents  the  7th  or  4th  line  of  Jass, 
The  first  G  cliff         -        8  2"       -        tenor. 

The  C  cliff        -        -       1 1  3        -        counter, 

The  second  G  cliff    -       15  2        -        treble. 

Q.  7&.  What  is  the  signification  or  use  of  a  key  note? 

A.  A  key  note  is  the  leading  and  governing  tone  of  each  octave; 
it  commands  and  explains  all  the  other  notes :  upon  the  key  note  the 
tune  is  usually  pitched,  and  by  it  ruled  in  its  movement. 

Q.  77.  How  many  kinds  of  key  notes  are  there? 

A.  Two ;  tUsJlai  key  and  sharp  key.  (22) 

Q.  78.  What  are  the  principal  distinctions  between  the  flat  and 
sharp  keys  ? 

A.  1st.  The  flat  keyed  tunes  arc  of  a  mournful  air,  and  expressive 
of  sorrow;  but  the  sharp  keyed  tunes  are  cheerful,  and  expressive 
of  joy,  &c.  2d  Some  particular  degrees  above  the  fiat  key  note, 
contain  a  less  number  of  semitones  than  the  same  degree  above  a 
sharp  key  note;  (23)  thus  the  3d,  Cth  and  7th  degrees  above  the  flat 
key  note  tOitain  a  semitone  less  in  distance  from  the  key  than  the 

(21)  Sre  plate  1st ;  table  2(1,  kc. 

(22)  The  bass  always  ends  on  the  key  note,  whether  it  be  a  flat  or  sharp  key  note ; 
the  letter  A  being  the  pliice  of  the  flat,  ami  C  that  of  the  shirj)  key  note,  me  be?ig  al- 
wavsupon  B.     [See  Q  88,  -ilso  plate  1st  .and  2iid  J 

(23)  Sec  plate  1st,  table  1st. 


1(5 


THE  nUMMEA^TS 


the  best  rule  to  distinguish  between  a  good  and  a 


od,  6th  and  7th  above  the  sharp  key  do  from  their  key.     Sd.   The 
flat  key  note  is  always  called  law,  but  the  sharp  key  note  is  called 
"Taw,  &c. 

Q.  79.  Have  the  two  keys  any  other  names  to  distinguish  them 
except  '•  flat"  and  "  sliarpr'' 

A.  Yes  ;  the  flat  key  is  often  called  the  low  key,  the  mmor  key, 
&,c. ;  and  the  sharp  key  is  called  the  high  key,  the  majur  key,  &c. 

Q.  80.  Upon  which  of  the  two  keys  are  the  best  pieces  of  music 
composed  ? 

A.  Perhaps  neither  of  the  keys  are  in  reality  superior  to  the  other ; 
there  are  botii  good  and  bad  pieces  belonging  to  each  of  them,  but  it 
is  likely  there  are  more  people  fond  of  the  Jlat  keyed  tunes  than  of 
the  sharp.  (24) 

Q.  81.  What  is 
bad  piece  of  music  ? 

A.  The  first  thing  in  music  which  commands  the  attention,  is 
tune;  the  second,  time  :  and  the  third,  conchord.  (25)  Although  no 
piece  of  music  can  properly  be  called  good  or  great,  unless  these 
particulars  are  completely  commanded  in  the  composition,  yet  we 
sometimes  denominate  a  piece  "  good,"  or  admire  the  tune,  which 
is  void  of  any  tiling  pleasing  except  a  few  curious  turns  of  the  air, 
according  as  it  agrees  with  the  ear  at  first;  therefore,  to  distinguish 
good  from  bad  pieces,  let  us  say,  that  piece  which  best  expresses  the 
true  meaning  and  intent  of  the  words  to  which  ii  is  set,  is  ihe  best 

PIKOB. 


('2i)  There  are  some  pieces  set  upon  the  sharp  key,  v^hich  are  very  solemn  and 
majeatic,  anA  aie  perhaps  superior  to  any  which  are  very  mournful  or  very  cheerful ;  of 
such  is  Melodia,  and  some  others  of  this  collection. 

(25)  This  may  be  seen  io  the  difi'erence  of  clioice  made  by  a  tesmer  and  one  well  sldlU 
<^  ia  music 


Q.  82.  Why  is  me  called  the  master  note  ? 

A.  Because  it  is  always  in  the  centre  of  the  tune  between  the  tw» 
keys,  being  the  only  note  or  syllable  which  does  not  occur  tu>ice  in 
the  same  octave. 

Q.  83.  Upon  which  degrees  of  the  scale  does  the  me  stand  before 
transposition  takes  place  ? 

A.  Upon  the  Sd,  10th  and  17th.     See  plate  1st  and  2d. 

Q.  84.  What  is  transposition/ 

A.  Transposition  is  the  removing  or  changing  the  place  of  the  key 
note,  for  the  purpose  of  confining  the  tune  within  the  limits  of  the 
scale. 

Q.  85.  By  what  are  the  keys  transposed  ? 

A.  By  flats  and  sharps  placed  at  the  clitf,  or  upon  each  stave  across 
the  scale. 

Q.  86.  How  far  does  a  flat  or  sharp  remove  the  key  or  the  me?  (26) 

A.  A  flat  drives  B  jne  a  4th  up  or  a  5th  down,  but  a  sharp  draws 
B  a  5th  up  or  a  4th  down ;  the  sharp  key  still  keeping  above,  and  the 
flat  below. 

Q.  87.  Why  is  a  flat  said  to  drive,  and  a  sharp  to  draw  B  me,  &c.  ? 

A.  Because  flats  are  placed  upon  the  same  degree  (line  or  space) 
wiiere  me  is.  and  removes  it  a  4th  or  a  5th  from  that  to  some  other 
place,  therefore  they  are  said  to  drive  B ;  but  sharps  being  placed 
upon  some  other  degree,  remove  B  a  4th  or  5th  from  where  it  was  (27) 
to  tlie  place  where  the  last  sharp  was  placed,  therefore  they  are  said 
to  draw  B  me,  &c. 

Q.  88.  Are  there  no  other  degrees  than  A  and  C  for  the  keys  and 
B  for  me  which  will  do  as  well  as  these  ? 


('26)  Transposition  is  fully  explained  and  mathematically  proved  on  plate  2. 
(■i?)  Hence  it  is  said  that "  flats  tnke  place  where  me  was  before  added,"  and  "  sharp? 
t»ke  place  where  me  is  qitien  added." 


OF  MUSIC,  iJ'c. 


17 


A.  The  degrees  inight  have  been  represented  by  any  other  cliar- 
acters,  but  there  are  no  other  than  the  natural  place  of  those  letters, 
before  transposition,  that  ^vould  do  as  well;  and  wlien  transposition 
takes  place,  or  is  necessary,  the  keys  or  rather  the  «ie  may  be  placed 
upon  any  otiier  degree  of  its  octave  which  may  best  suit  the  air  of  the 
tune;  and  as  the  me  removes,  its  letter  B  is  considered  as  moving 
■with  it  (to  preserve  a  uniform  representation  of  the  same  note  by  tlie 
same  letter)  being  preceded  or  followed  by  all  the  letters  of  the  scale, 
so  that  A  and  C  are  still  the  places  of  the  keys,  though  on  other  de- 
grees of  the  general  scale.  (28) 

Q.  89.  How  far  maj-  transposition  remove  or  cliange  the  place  of 
B,  or  of  the  key  notes  ? 

A.  About  an  octave,  or  14  semitones,  being  M  removes,  T  by  flats 
and  7  by  sharps,  or  until  all  the  degrees  have  been  flatted  or  sharped. 
S(^>j  plates  1st  and  2d. 

Q.  90.  What  is  the  difference  after  three  flats  or  three  sharps  (29) 
are  placed,  as  it  appears  that  B  must  then  come  again  upon  the  same 
line  or  space  where  it  has  been  once  before  ? 

A.  The  difference  is  a  semitone  ;  therefore,  if  a  piece  of  music  is 
set  a  little  too  high  on  the  scale,  place  so  many  flats  as  will  bring  me 
on  the  natural  place  of  the  same  letter,  line  or  space,  (unless  it  was 
set  there  by  flats  before,  in  which  case  place  so  many  sharps  as  will 
bring  it  a  line  or  space  lower)  and  it  will  move  a  semitone  lower  in 
every  degree ;  and  the  reverse,  by  placing  sharps  when  it  is  too  low. 
(30) 


(28)  This  is  plainly  seen  on  plate  2(1. 

(■jy)  There  are  seldom  more  than  4  fiats  or  sharps  Used  at  the  cliff  at  one  time. 

{so)  See  plate  9A,  with  its  explanations. 


Q.  91.  Why  might  not  «?;  f»HPS  be  composed  with  mc  on  the  na- 
tural place  of  B,  between  the  first  and  second  keys  (31)  without  fiats 
or  sharps,  or  revolving  keys,  and  all  tlie  notes  stand  the  same  as  in  a 
natural  tunc .' 

A.  1.  Because,  as  the  scale  of  music  contains  but  22  decrees,  and 
the  air  of  tlie  tunes  (especially  the  part  first  composed)  being  as  one 
calls  it  "  a  flight  of  fancy,"  will  exactly  agree  -with  tlie  frame  or  dis- 
position of  the  author's  mind  while  composing  it;  it  will  have  a  par- 
ticular pitch  of  its  own,  upon  which  it  will  move  more  smooth  and 
agreeable  to  the  ear  than  it  will  upon  any  other  degree  upon  which  it 
ean  be  placed  in  the  whole  scale;  therefore  it  must  be  set  to  sucli  a 
degree.  It  will  there  (and  there  only)  bring  the  key  to  govern  tlie 
rest  of  the  notes,  and  bring  the  parts  to  harmonize  together  nearer  to 
perfect  symmetri/  than  upon  any  other  by  which  it  is  compared, 
whether  it  be  higher  or  lower;  the  flats  anil  sharps  being  considered 
as  characters,  showing  when  and  where  transposition  takes  place. 
2.  The  semitones  always  lying  between  law  and  faw,  and  7iip  and 
faw,  (or  immediately  below  the  triangular  or  half  note)  the  tune  must 
be  so  placed,  that  the  notes  may  be  on  such  degrees  as  will  com- 
mand the  semitones  in  their  places  without  altering  the  pitch  intend- 
ed by  the  author,  and  so  that  a  number  ol  voices,  or  voices  and  instru- 
ments, may  harmonize  together  in  every  whole  and  halftone  through 
the  scale.  (Se) 

Q.  92.  How  may  it  be  known  whether  a  piece  of  music  is  or  is  not 
set  upon  its  jiroper  pitch,  or  the  key  note  rightly  placed  ? 

(31)  The  fii-st  and  ssMioail  keys,  the  places  of  C  and  A  before  tranqiosilion,  or  on  the 
9th,  lllh,  &c.  degree*. 

(S'2)  A  person  may  he  oonrinced  tliat  all  tunes  eannot  be  set  on  the  1st  or  2ni  keys, 
by  singing  or  pla)  ing  a  piece  with  1  or  S  Hals  or  sharps  to  the  same  pitch  .13  a  natur;\^-, 
tUBe;  i.e.  9,  II,  ^o.  and uaising tile  notes  83  tbef  staatf. 


c 


18 


THE  RUDIMEJ^TS 


A.  By  applying  it  to  different  degrees,  or  pitches  in  both  notes  and 
words,  and  if  it  is  rightly  set,  it  will  move  more  smooth  and  agreeable 
to  the  ear.  and  the  imperfect  chords  will  seem  to  unite  more  like  [.er- 
fect  chords,  than  upon  any  other  pitch  or  degree  where  it  is  tried ; 
but  if  it  is  easier  performed,  or  moves  more  agreeable  upon  any  other 
pitch,  it  is  icrnng  set,  and  ought  to  be  altered  or  removed  to  such 
place  as  will  carry  it  \\ith  tlie  best  proportion.  (33) 

Q.  93.  How  mav  the  true  place  of  the  key  note  be  found  (34)  and 
tlie  note,  tf  a  tune  be  written  in  such  a  manner  as  to  command  the 
air  and  agree  witii  every  interval  thereof,  when  the  air  of  the  piece 
only  is  known  .' 

A.  1st.  Find  (by  Q.  91)  the  exact  degree  wliich  suits  the  note.  2d. 
Observe  how  many  semitones  are  contained  in  each  particular  in- 
terval, [see  Q  78,"als»  plate  1st]  or  whether  it  is  a  flat  or  a  sharp 
key.  3(1.  Draw  out  the  gauge  of  the  pitch-pipe  until  it  will  give  the 
exact  sound  of  the  key  note  before  found,  and  it  will  sliow  the  letter 
whose  natural  place-  on  the  scale  must  be  the  place  of  such  key  note. 
(35)  4th.  Place  so  many  ilats  or  sharp-;  as  will  bring  the  me  either 
above  or  below,  as  the  key  may  require,  after  which  the  other  notes 
are  easily  pl-.ced,  being  careful  frequently  to  compare  their  sounds  as 
you  proceed  with  the  air  of  the  tune. 

Q.  94.  What  is  the  best  rule  for  accenting  the  notes  in  singing? 

A.  The  three  first  moods  of  common  time  have  Hsually  two  accents 


(33)  See  Question  SOtli,  kc. 

(34)  P.ih:iiK  I 


_  ;  nothing  short  of  practice  and  experience  will  convince  a  person  liow 
rnucheasitr  anil  better  a  tune  is  performed  upon  a  right,  llian  upon  a  wrong  pilch,  though 
Uul  a  semitone  higher  or  lower  than  the  other. 

( j5)  It  the  Rai'.^e  sUtiids  hetween  two  letters,  the  one  must  be  flatted  or  the  other 
sharped,  aceoiili»g  to  plate  al,  to  bring  the  kej-  upon  tlie  exact  semitone. 


to  a  measure  (36)  when  divided  into  four  equal  parts,  as  crotchets, 
&c.  the  first  accent  is  on  the  first  part  or  crotchet,  the  second  on  the 
third  part,  &c. ;  the  fourth  mood  of  common  time  has  a  full  accent  on 
the  first,  and  a  half  accent  on  the  second  part  of  the  measure;  the 
triple  moods  have  a  full  accent  on  the  first,  and  commonly  a  half  ac- 
cent on  the  third  part  of  the  measure ;  the  compound  moods  are  accent- 
ed on  the  first  and  fourth  parts  of  the  measure.  The  foregoing  are 
the  common  rules  for  accenting,  but  they  are  often  exceptionable ; 
therefore,  the  best  general  rule  for  accenting  is,  to  place  the  accents 
on  such  note  or  notes  as  are  applied  to  properly  accented  or  emphatic- 
al  woi'ds  or  syllables.  The  music  should  comply  with  the  meaning 
of  the  U'ords,  not  the  language  to  the  stiff  formality  of  sol-fawing. 

Q.  95.  How  many  moods  of  time  are  there  } 

A.  There  are  but  nine  now  in  common  use,  viz..  four  of  common 
time;  three  of  triple  time  ;  am]  two  of  compound  time  ;  so  denomi- 
nated and  disposed,  on  account  of  the  several  rules  of  accenting 
poetry,  to  which  they  are  applied. 

Q.  96.  What  is  the  signification  of  the  figures  which  are  placed  to 
the  moeds  of  time  } 

A.  The  lower  figure  (37)  shows  how  many  parts  the  seroibreve  is 
divided  into,  and  the  upper  figure  hew  many  of  those  parts  fill  a 
measure  in  that  particular  mood  of  time. 

Q.  97.  What  is  the  best  method  of  keeping  time  while  singing.' 

A.  By  a  regular  vertical  motion  of  the  right  hand.  (38) 


(.16)  The  second  accents  are  weak,  and  scarcely  discernible  in  quick  time. 

(37)  Thus  it  may  be  seen  tliat  the  first  mood  t>f  uiple  time  contains  three  minims  or 
three  halves  of  a  semibreve  ;  the  first  of  compound  time,  six  crotchets,  or  six-foui  ths  of  a 
semibi-eve,  &c.  &c. 

(38)  The  hand  should  fall  at  the  beginning  of  every  measure  in  vocal  music ;  and  a 
small  motion  is  sufficient  for  any  one,  except  a  teacher  or  leader. 


OF  MUSIC,  e^c.  19 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  length  of  a  string  suspending  a  ball  or  pendulum,  which  will  vibrate  in  the  time  allowed  to  each  mood  of  time. 

TABLE. 

Adagio  ^    39  and  two-tenths  inches  for  one-fourth  of  a  measure. 


Largo    J  2 

22  and  one-tenth 

do. 

do. 

Allegro  g 

39  and  two-tenths 

for  one-half 

do. 

2  from  4 

9  and  eight-tenths 

do. 

do. 

3     to    2 

39  and  two-tenths 

do. 

do. 

3  from  4 

22  and  one-twelfth 

do. 

do. 

3  from  8 

50  and  two-tenths 

for  a  whole 

do. 

6    to    4 

22  and  one-twentieth 

for  a  half 

do. 

6  from  8 

22  and  one-twentieth 

for  a  wliole 

do. 

The  above  are  the  lengths  allowed  by  Mr.  Billings. 
Perhaps  it  would  be  proper,  when  first  learning  a  tune,  to  have  the  pendulum  somewhat  longer  than  above  stated. 


20 


THE  RIVIMEXTS,  ^c. 


Q.  98.  WUat  is  the  ilifference  between  sjneope  and  syncopation  ? 

A.  1.  Sjncopc  signifies  something  contracted  or  suddenly  leniovcd,  &c.  In  music  it  is  when  a  note  is  found  set  out  of  its  usual  order,  and 
tequiring  the  accent  to  be  upon  it,  as  though  it  was  in  the  usual  place  of  the  accent;  as  common  time  measures  having  half  their  proper 
quantity  in  tlie  middle  oftiie  measure,  as  a  minim  in  the  middle,  between  two  crotchets,  or  a  pointed  minim  and  one  crotchet,  the  crotchet 
being  first.     In  such  case,  there  is  one  accent  only  to  a  measure,  on  such  minim. 

2.  Syncopation  is  a  note  or  sound  continued  by  a  point,  or  other  notes  on  tlie  same  degree,  tied  by  a  slur;  sometimes  continued  through 
the  bar  into  tlie  next  measure,  in  which  case,  such  note  or  notes  are  named  as  if  there  was  but  one,  and  the  sound  continued  in  time  until  the 
slur  (if  any)  breaks,  swelling  a  little  at  the  usual  place  of  the  accent. 


Es.  1st. 


2d. 


EXAMPLES  OF  SYNCOPED  NOTES. 

3d.  4th. 


5th. 


mMmmw^MmmmsiMmmMi^^mMi 


Eg.  6th. 


rth. 


8th. 


iiiiiiiii?lisiiiiglSiSiiilSS 


Eg.  1st. 

I     I     I 


EXA3IPLES  IN  SYNCOPATION, 

1     _! 


fid. 

( 


SliiiHsi^ifeliiiiSlili 


The  character  i  shows  the  usual  place  of  the  accent  in  sucli  cases. 

There  iniglit  be  mure  examples  given,  but  it  is  probable  these,  with  the  explanations  above  give,)),  will  be  suffi. 

iNutes  ot  syncopation  are  by  some  called  "  driving  notes," 


cicnt. 


GEXEBAL  OBSERFATIOXS,  ^c. 


21 


Obs.  I.  CaiL  should  be  taken  Liiat  all  the  parts  (when  singing  together)  begin  upon  | 
their  i>roper  pilch.  It'  ihey  are  too  hi.:^Ii,  uifiU-ukv  iu  the  perforniance.  and  perliaps  } 
dischords,  will  he  the  eonsequence ;  it  too  loSv,  dutness  and  languor.  If  the  pai-ts  are 
not  united  b_v  their  corresponding  dei;rees,  Ihe  whole  piece  may  he  run  into  confusion 
and  jargon  before  it  ends,  and  perhaps  the  wlmlc  occasioned  by  an  error  in  the  pilch  of 
one  or  more  of  tlie  parts,  of  only  one  semitone. 

2.  Eacli  one  should  sing  so  soft,  as  not  to  drown  the  teachei-'s  voice  ;  and  each  part  so 
soft,  as  will  permit  llie  otlter  parts  lo  be  distinctly  heard.  If  the  teacher's  voice  cannot 
be  heard  it  cannot  be  imitated  ;  and  if  the  singei-s  of  any  one  part  are  so  loud  that  they 
eantiot  liear  the  otiier  \iarts,  because  of  their  own  noise,  the  parts  are  surely  not  rightly 
proportioned,  and  ought  to  he  altered. 

3.  The  bass  should  be  sounded  full  and  bold,  the  tenor  i-egular  and  distinct,  the  coun- 
ter Clear  and  plain,  and  the  treble  soft  and  mild,  but  not  n^int.  The  teitor  and  treble 
raay  consider  the  G«t  man  flute,  tite  sound  of  wliich  they  may  endeavor  to  imitate,  if 
they  wish  to  improve  the  voice. 

4.  The  high  notes,  (juick  notes  and  slvtrreil  notes  of  each  part,  should  be  performed 
softer  than  the  low  notes,  long  notes,  and  single  iiotes  of  the  same  parts. 

5.  Learners  should  sing  all  p.irts  somewhat  softer  than  their  leaders  do,  as  it  tends  to 
cultivate  the  voice,  and  gives  an  opportunity  of  following  in  a  piece  with  which  they  are 
not  well  acquaintetl :  but  a  good  voice  may  soon  be  much  injured  by  singing  too  loud. 

6.  All  the  notes  inchided  by  one  slur,  should  h..-  sung  at  one  breath,  if  possible. 

7.  All  notes  (except  some  in  syncopation)  should  be  fairly  articulated,  and  ii;  apply- 
ing the  words,  great  care  should  be  taken  tliat  they  be  properly  pronounced,  and  not 
torn  to  pieces  between  the  teeth.  Let  the  mouth  be  freely  opeiu-d  and  the  sound  come 
U'om  the  lungs,  (39)  and  not  be  entirely  foi  nied  where  they  should  he  only  distinguished, 
viz.  on  the  end  of  the  tongue.  The  supei-iority  of  vocal  to  instrumental  music  is,  that 
while  one  oidy  pleases  the  ear,  the  other  infoi  ms  the  underetanding. 

8.  When  notes  of  the  tenor  fall  below  those  of  the  bass  in  sound,  the  tenor  should  he 
sounded  full  and  strong,  and  the  bass  soft. 

9.  There  are  hut  few  long  notes  in  any  tune,  hut  what  might  he  swelled  with  pi-oprie- 
cy.  The  swell  is  one  of  the  greatest  ornaments  to  vocal  music,  if  rightly  performed. 
All  long  notes  of  the  bass  should  he  swelled,  if  the  other  partsare  singing  short  or  (piick 
notes  at  tlie  same  time.  The  swell  should  he  struck  plain  upon  the  first  part  of  the 
note,  increase  to  the  middle,  and  thqi  decrease  or  die  away  like  the  sound  of  a  bell. 


(39)  The  orq-an  of  a  mmi's  Toice  for  the  hin'ffsj  is  inform  soniewhat  Hhf  a  tube, 
about  one  foitrtli  of  an  inch-in  iliameter,  and  possesses  poti/ev  sv^cient  to  divide  a  note 
or  tone  of  nimic  into  100  equal  pam. 


10.  Tlie  common  method  of  beating  liie  two  lirst  moods  of  common  time  is  as  follows: 
for  the  first  beat,  bring  ilown  the  end  of  the  fingers  to  whatever  is  used  for  heating 
upon  ;  for  the  second,  bring  doi\n  the  heel  of  tlie  hand  ;  for  the  third,  raise  the  hand  a 
few  inches  ;  and  for  tlie  fourth,  raise  the  hand  up  nearly  as  high  as  the  thoulder,  in 
readiness  for  tlie  ne\t  measure. 

For  the  triple  time  mood,  let  the  two  first  be  the  same  as  the  two  first  of  common 
time  ;  and  for  the  third,  raise  the  hand  a  little  higher  than  for  the  third  beat  of  common 
time,  when  it  will  he  in  readiness  for  the  next  measure. 

Kor  the  third  and  fourth  moods  of  common  time,  anil  the  two  moods  of  compound 
time,  there  is  just  one  motion  down  and  one  up  for  each  mea.sure,  with  this  difference; 
lor  the  common  time  moods,  there  is  no  resting  for  ihe  hand  ;  hut  in  compound  time, 
the  resting  is  double  the  length  of  the  motion,     ii'ce  page  25. 

11.  Learners  should  beat  by  a  iiendulum,or  by  counting  seconds,  until  they  can  beat 
regular  time,  before  they  attempt  to  beat  and  sing  both  at  once  ;  because  it  perplexes 
them  to  heat,  name,  and  lime  tlie  notes  all  at  once,  until  they  have  acijuired a  knowledge 
of  each  by  itself. 

1-3.  AVhile  first  learning  a  tune,  it  may  be  sung  somewliat  slower  than  the  mood  of 
time  requires,  until  the  notes  can  be  named,  aud  truly  sounded  witliout  looking  on  the 
book. 

1.3.  Some  teachers  are  in  the  habit  of  singing  too  long  with  their  pupils.  It  is  bettei- 
to  sing  but  G  01-  8  tunes  at  one  lime,  and  inform  the  learners  concerning  the  nature  and 
disposition  of  the  iiieces,  and  the  manner  in  which  they  sliould  he  performed  and  con- 
tinue at  them  until  they  are  umlerstood  ;  than  to  skim  over  40  or  50  in  one  evening,  and 
at  the  end  of  a  fjuai  ter  of  schooling  jierhaps  few  besides  the  teacher  know  a  fiat  keyed 
piece  from  a  sliarp  keved  one  ;  what  part  of  the  anthems.  Sec.  require  emphasis  ;  or 
how  to  give  the  i.ilch  of  any  tune  which  they  have  been  learning,  unless  some  person  in- 
forms  them.  It  is  easy  to  naniL-  the  notes  of  a  piece,  but  it  requires  attention  and  prac- 
tice lo  duL^'  one. 

14.  'I'oo  long  sin:Ving  .it  one  time,  injures  the  lungs.  (40,  41) 

15.  1  have  found  by  experience,  that  learners  will  soon  know  when  to  siiig  soft  a.nd 
when  strung,  if  they  are  led  by  the  teaclier,  making  a  larger  motion  in  beating  whsre 
emphatical  words  or  notes  occur,  than  where  others  do. 


(40)  Jl  cold  or  coiijfh,  all  kinds  of  sfiiriluous  Utjuors,  violent  exercise,  bile  upon 
the  stomach,  lunjf  fastinij-,  the  veins  overcharged  -with  impure  blood,  &c.  (jfc.  are  de- 
structive to  the  voice  of  one  -who  is  much  in  tlie  practice  of  singing.  A  frequent  use  of 
spirituous  liquors  -.oil/  speedih/  rain  the  best  voice. 

(41)  .5  frer/iiem  use  of  some  acid  drink,  such  as  purified  cider,  elixer  of  ■vitriol 
with  imtsi;  vinegar,  &c'.  if  used  sparingly,  are  strengthening  to  the  lungs, 


23 


GEXEBM  OBSERKiTIOXS,  6?c. 


16.  Leai-ners  are  apt  to  give  the  first  note,  where  a  fuge  begins  nearly  double  the 
time  It  ought  to  have ;  sounding  a  crotchet  almost  as  long  as  a  minim,  in  any  other 
part  of  the  tune  ;  which  puts  the  parts  in  confusion,  by  losing  time  :  wht'i-eas  fuges  ought 
to  be  moveil  oft'  lively,  the  time  decreasing  (or  the  notes  sung  (luickei)  and  the  sound 
increasing  as  the  parts  fall  in.  (4i) 

1 7.  When  notes  occur  one  direcljy  above  the  other  (called  choosing  notes)  and  there 
are  sf  veral  singers  to  the  part  where  they  are,  let  two  sing  the  lower  note  while  one 
does  the  upper  note,  and  in  the  same  proportion  for  any  other  number. 

18.  Flat  keyed  tunes  should  be  sung  softer  than  sharp  keved  ones,  and  may  be  pro- 
portioned with  a  lighter  bass  j  (43)  but  for  sharp  keyed  tunes,  let  the  bass  be  full  and 
strong.  (44) 

lU.  Thirds  should  not  be  (rilled  or  turned,  lest  they  become  si-conds  or  dischords 
(though  some  authors  do  not  confine  their  compositions  to  these  rules)  nor  fifths  and 
eighths  move  together  ascending  or  descending,  lest  the  pans  seem  but  one. 

-•^    I"  2r  ^  ^  ^"'l  ^    t''^  second  accent  is  in  common  very  weak,  and  in  fjuick 

lime  scarcely  discernible,  e.xcept  in  some  particular  pieces  of  poetry  to  which  tliey  are 
applied. 

21.  Leamei-s  should  not  be  confined  too  long  to  "  the  part  which  suits  their  voice 
best,"  but  should  try  occasionally  the  different  parts,  as  it  will  tend  greatly  to  improve 
the  voice,  and  give  the  person  a  knowledge  of  the  connection  of  the  counterparts  or 
of  harmony  as  well  as  melody. 

2-2.  Learners  should  understand  the  tunes  well  by  note,  before  they  attempt  to  sing 
them  to  verses  of  poetry. 

23.  If  different  verses  are  applied  to  a  piece  of  music  while  learning,  it  will  give  the 


(42)  .See  note  7.    (43)  S^e  note  20.    (44)  See  Q.  73. 


learner  a  more  complete  knowledge  of  the  tune,  than  can  be  had  by  confining  it  always 
to  the  same  set  of  words.  (45) 

24.  Young  singers  should  not  join  in  concert,  until  each  can  sing  their  own  part  cor- 
rectly. 

25.  There  should  not  be  any  noise  indulged  while  singing  (e.xcept  the  music)  as  if 
destroys  entirely  the  beauty  of  harmony,  and  renders  the  performance  (especially  to 
learners)  very  difficult;  and  if  it  is  designedly  promoted,  is  nothing  less  than  a  proof  of 
disrespect  in  the  singers,  to  the  exercise,  to  themselves  who  occasion  it,  and  to  the  Au- 
thor of  our  existence. 

26.  When  the  key  is  transposed,  there  are  flats  or  sharps  placed  upon  each  stave  ; 
and  when  the  mood  of  time  changes,  the  requisite  character  is  placed  on  the  stave. 

27.  15,  E  and  A  are  nalurally  sharp  sounds,  and  are  therefore  first  flatted,  and  as  F, 
C  and  G  are  naturally  flat  soimds,  they  are  the  first  sharprd. 

28.  The  appogiatiira  is  placed  in  some  tunes ;  it  may  be  used  with  propriety  by  a 
goo-l  voice,  hut  neither  it  nor  the  trill  should  be  attempted  bv  any  one,  U''til  they  can 
perform  the  tune  well  by  plain  notes,  (as  this  adds  nothing  to  the  time  )  Indeed  no  one 
can  add  much  to  the  beauty  of  a  piece  by  using  what  are  cidled  '*  graces,"  unless  they 
be  in  a  manner  natural  to  their  voice. 

29.  There  are  other  characters  sometimes  used  by  some  authors,  as  a  shake,  a  relish, 
&c.  but  I  have  reasons  for  omitting  them  in  this  place. 

.SO.  All  •*  affu'Ctation"  should  be  b:inished.  It  is  disgusting  in  the  performance  of 
sacred  music,  and  contrary  to  that  solemnity  which  should  accompany  an  exercise  so 
near  akin  to  that  which  will  through  all  eternity  engage  the  attention  of  those  who  walk 
in  **  climes  of  bliss." 

3t.  Jehovah,  who  implanted  in  our  natures  the  noble  faculty  of  vocal  performance,  is 
jealous  of  the  use  to  which  we  apply  our  talents  in  that  particular,  lest  we  exercise  them 
in  a  way  which  does  not  tend  to  glorify  His  name. 

(45)  And  likevfise  by  upphnnir  different  tunes  to  t/te  sajyie  -worch.  tviU  have  a  great 
tendency  to  remove  t/ie  embarrassment  created  by  considering  every  short  time  a  "  Mt 
piece." 


LESSO;^S  FOR  TUXIJVG  THE  VOICE,  C^c. 


33 


+     +      +1+1 


+      +      +      +      ++      +      +      .        o       r>o^^+'+'+'+'+'+'+'+''i       11      + 

liill^ilil^iiliiliiiSiiiiiiiiiiS^li^ 


2.  +    1     +        »  +1 

+    (    +    l+l....  +I-+I  +1        +_l  +  I  +  l...».i.v.        +  I  + 


iiiigiS^ 


t: 


igsi^m^iii:iisiiio 


+  1      +  ( 


i^iiiiii^iiiiiiiEgiiiiii^iiiiiJii 


:EEEF=F:] 


3  continued. 

_+     I  +1 

-0- 


+     1  +1  +     )  +  + 


+  I 


liiiiyiiiiiiila^iiililiij^lS! 


The  bass  may  siog  the  same  stave  one  octave  below  the  tenor,  or  two  below  the  treble. 


24 


LESSO.rS  Foil  TIXIXG  THE  VOICE,  &c. 


+  + 


+ 


-.±1^. 


4  continued. 

+ 


i3= 


3C3:: 


t— t- 


-^-^ 


±.-±dt 


i-tSiill^ 


itliliPiiiiiiili^Sii^ii^Miii^iis 


+    +  ,  +    + 


+    1+1 


+    1+    I+I+    1+    i+t 


+  + 


iaiiiii|igjggf^frffm#1^p^iiig:g|i^^^ 


+      + 


~^^ 


iSiF^^ 


+_  + 


+  + 


+        + 


+     4-+       ++      +++^^      +     + 


INTEKVALS. 


Note.    ^  stands  m-er  the  xmial place  oftlie  acceitt,  and  '   over  rhe  /laJfarent. 


TJiBLE  OF  COJSrCHGRDS  dJ^D  DISCHORDS. 


5S 


I  -  I 


§•3 

o 

Semi- 
tones 
0 


I    c 


K* 

;»■ 

^ 

> 

=1. 

Q. 

D 

a 

s 

» 

= 

3 

s- 

?i 

"S 

1? 

a 

a 

r 

e 

o 

o 

ft 

a 

a 

1 

2 

3 

4 

— r-*- 


I      oe    I     tp    I      o     I     —    I     to 


•q  CO 


^iSigiii 


Intei'valsor    2d.         |       3d.         |       4th. 
degrees. 

This  is  considered  as  the  bass  stave,  but  may  be  applied  to  any  other  part. 


RESTS  OF  SEVERAL  MEASURES. 


BEATIXG  on  KEEPIXG  TIME.  25 


^^^jl^:ip33|333J^ 


12 


16,  &e. 


! .  4  secont 
measui- 


A'ote. — 1.  A  semibrffve  rest  is  consider- 
ed as  equal  to  a  siteiU  measure  in  any 
mood  of  time.  2.  Rests  for  4,  8,  tia. 
measures,  are  seldom  U3ed,  except  for 
instrumeBta)  music. 

D 


2.  3 


4.  1  1-2 


5.  3 


6.  I  1-2 


7.  S-i 


S.  3 


rtsper  zE=:a:z:ipr£ZKlfEaa:3iJ 

d  d     u  u  d  d  u  u  d  d  u    u 

d  (J    u  u  d  d    ti  u  d   d  u  u 

d  u  d  u  d     u 

d        u  d  u  d      u 


a 


d  li  u        d      d      u        d      d     ii 


i^du  ddu  ddu 

d      r      u       d      r      u      d      r      u 


d    r    r      u     r     I'     d  r  r       u     r  r 


^•"mlr."-    gggjSfeggJg 


drrorr      drru.  rr 


S--^ 


to    c* 


n  » 


=  3 


2(5  EXPL^XATIO^  OF  THE  SCALE  OF  TKAXSrOSITIOJ\',  Plate  2. 

The  figure.  1  K  L  AI  is  considered  as  the  face  of  a  cylinder,  or  roller,  upon"\vliich  is  shown  every  tone  and  semitone  by  a  black  line.  Tfie 
figures  at  the  top  show  the  number  of  flats  or  sharps  required  to  bring  the  keys  to  the  degrees  of  the  scale,  where  they  are  set  belew  (the  letters 
showing  the  order  in  which  they  succeed  each  other)  and  k  H  represent  the  sharp  and  flat  keys  of  each  octave,  both  before  and  after  transposi- 
tion. The  letters  at  the  two  ends  of  the  scale  are  in  their  natural  place  against  their  proper  degree,  before  transposed.  The  circle  is  con- 
sidered as  the  end  of  the  cylinder,  and  both  as  turning  together  (with  all  their  graduations,  around  one  common  centre,  between  18  and  19) 
either  to  the  ri^ht  or  left,  7  changes  if  required.  The  letter  B  (see  Q.  88,  89,  &.c  )  shows  the  degree  upon  which  me  will  stand,  according  to 
the  number  of  flats  or  sharps  placed  above  or  below,  anil  agreeing  with  those  over  the  other  part  of  the  scale,  for  each  octave.  The  face  of  the 
cylinder  presenting  only  22  degrees,  or  38  semitones  at  one  time,  but  is  graduated  to  50  semitones,  14  of  which  being  still  on  the  opposite  side 
(Irom  the  face)  of  the  cylinder  are  only  changes  or  removes.  The  column  which  crosses  the  centre  of  the  circle  may  be  considered  as  a 
moiiothord,  or  some  other  instrument,  by  which  the  degrees  or  intervals  are  proved — showing  the  50  semitones  or  30  degrees. 

E^.  1.  Suppose  I  would  know  the  exact  semitone  on  which  the  key  note  of  the  tenor  of  Old  Hundred  stands .'  I  find  the  tune  is  sharp 
keyed  on  A  by  3  sharps.  Now  under  three  sharps,  the  sharp  key  of  the  tenor,  or  second  octave,  is  against  the  9th  degree  on  the  left,  and  the 
letter  A  I  find  ^ow  upon  a  line,  which  I  follow  to  the  centre  column  of  the  circle,  and  I  find  it  comes  immediately  under  15,  the  place  on  the 
chord  where  it  must  be  struck  :   and  in  the  same  manner  I  find  the  key  note  of  the  bass  to  range  with  3,  and  me  of  the  treble  to  range  with  26. 

Eg.  2.  I  find,  that  before  transposition,  the  me  stands  against  3,  10  and  17  in  the  left  hand  column,  which  agrees  with  5.  17  and  29  in  the 
centre  ;  and  under  one  sharp  the  range  with  7  1-2.  14  1-2  and  21  1-2  on  the  left,  or  with  12,  24  and  36  in  the  centre,  which  proves  that  each 
note  of  the  scale  is  raised  7  semitones,  equal  to  a  5th  or  5  degrees,  by  placing  one  sharp. 

Eg.  3.  1  find  in  the  tune  called  Symphony,  that  hi?  is  on  D  bv  3  flats;  and  in  the  tune  called  Enfield,  me  is  on  D  by  4  sharps;  now  by 
following  each  of  these  to  the  centre,  it  will  be  found  that  me  by  3  ffats  (Sympbonj')  ranges  witii  8.  for  the  bass;  and  me  with  4  sharps  (Enfield) 
langes  with  9 :  therefore,  me  and  every  other  note  under  4  sharps,  must  be  struck  a  semitone  higher  than  the  notes  of  the  sam.e  name,  on  the 
ijame  line  or  space,  under  3  fiats. 

Eg.  4.  I  would  find  the  difterence  between  the  changed  keys  in  page  35.  Thus,  the  first  key  is  on  D  with  2  sharps,  and  changes  to  A  by 
3  sharps:  now,  by  following  these  two  to  the  centre,  it  will  be  seen  that  A  ranges  witli  15  and  D  with  20;  which  shews  that  the  key  is  5 
semitones  lower  by  the  change ;  and  that  the  first  note  of  the  bass  (Jaw)  is  of  the  same  sound  as  sol  in  second  space  of  the  tenor  before  the 
changins:  of  the  key:  but  as  the  order  of  naming  the  notes  is  also  changed  as  to  their  respective  lines  and  spaces,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  notes 
on  E,  F,  A.  B,  and  C,  are  of  the  same  sound  as  they  were  before  the  change,  though  of  different  names;  and  that  the  notes  on  G  (mej  are  a 
semitone  higher  than  thev  were  before  the  change,  being  altered  in  name  also  irova  fmv  to  me. 

Thus  any  note  in  the  whole  scale  may  be  led  to  the  centre,  and  compared  with  any  other.  It  may  also  be  observed,  that  by  this  scale,  the 
proper  places  for  the  keys  and  stops  on  any  instrument  whatever,  may  be  regulated  to  their  exact  semitone.  Farther  explanations  are  un-- 
uece^saryj  as  a  little  attention  will  render  the  \yliole  very  plain. 


VJ^IT  lOW. 


AMERICA     S.  M. 


Watts')  Psalms,  103.         wetmore.     37 


isgiisgipgipgi^i|j;^^^g|lspigiiig^ 


Our  days  are  as  the  grass 


Or  like  the  morning  flew'r 


If  one  sharp  blast  sweep  o'er  the  field 


It  withers  in  an  hoar 


^^^^^iil§§iiJI?3 


iizsrc 


p-p-^' 


m 


It  witheis  It  withers 


If  one 

AMJXBA    L.  M. 


MORGAN. 


Walts''  Psalms,  90. 

r^iii^iliiS^iPiS^lieiiiiiM^l' 


* 


T=-@ 


::::M:M 


^^^^mmmm^mmw^mM^mm 


Death  like  an  o  -  -  ver-  -  flow-  ing  stream  Sweejis  us  away  our  life's  a  dream        An  emptj'  talc  a  morning  fiow'r        Cut  down  and  wither'd  in  an  hour 


H 


--j^ 


S 


^V-B- 


fl^ 


S^iiiiilS^ii] 


eEf; 


::zz— cz^a: 


i 


T/ie  directions  between  the  name  of  the  time  tirtil  thnt  of  the  uuthoi;  heme  a  reference  to  the  place  -aliere  the  verse  may  be  found :  the  principal  ju'.rt  of  -uilach  is  contctwi  U:  ft' 
ff'tuts'  i'mlms  and  Hmmis. 


§8 


MIHEBST.     P.  M.  6's,  4's.     Words  by  Tate  &'  Braihj.     wm.  billings. 


iSiiiiiiftiiili 


ISZSE 


^IS^lt 


_^_J._1., 


sc 


xfet 


'SS. 


Ye  bouiuUess  realms  of  joy        Exalt  your  maker's  name 


^fcii 


Your  Toiees  raise  ye  cherubira  &  seraphim 


His  praise  your  sougs  employ  Above  the  starry  frame 


iisHigfiigiiglS 


A._ 


US 


,    to  sing  his  praise 


s 


ri=~ 


MIITY.     P.  M.  or  6's  ^  8's.         mt«s'  Psalms,  122.         reed. 

1        2 


pi^i^SllfiiiaeiSill^ii^^l^^ 


i:5^-:=:e 


:|zg§:ee:fp: 


=ttf=:t 


j|i^.^^gii|g^lii[=gsgii^gg^^ 


1  low  pleas'd  and  blest  was  I  to  hear  the  people  «ry  '  Come  let  us  seek  our  God  to  day'  Yes  with  a  cheerful  zeal  Wh  haste  to  Zion's  liill  And  there  our  vows  and  honors  pay 

-r  I -12-1- 


i^^iis 


iiilMiliilieffii^^iiili^l 


^^m 


I        2 


JiVmCA     C.  M.         Warn'  It.  39,  Booh  l.        V.  bilungs.     89 


'pj^gg-^jg^ 


&■-&-■ 


♦ 


-i*- 


ili^^feeSSii^S 


^ 


3^P-^ 


DTP' 


19 — e- 


ss; 


iggE^iiiiiiiiii 


Now  shall  ray        inward      joys     arise  And  burst  in-  -  .  to  a  song  Alnilgh-  ty  love  iaspires  my  heart         And  pleasure  tmics  my  tohgueSi 


s^sms^^ 


3^"b(iM-M-5: 


D fa^: 


^^3^ 


^§EE^ 


o-©- 


^=F 


^im^^Si^i 


IS 


J--. 


q_e. 


li^lE^is 


ALBJlJ^r.     S.  rM.         7l^a«s'  Fsabns,  19.  edson. 


fe 


#-# 


p-e- 


H^lilli 


Behold  the  morning  sun      Begins  bis  glorious  way 


a  thro'  all  the  nations  run        His  And 


His  beams  thro'  all  the  nations  run        His 


'       His 


-&t-&t 


i^JW^^PigilMiiiiil^iiiSiiSiliisiliJ 

""  *~  Hij  His  And  light  and  life  convey    And 


30 


AMSTEBDMI.     P.  JIf.  or  7's,  6's.     Kippon- s  11.  30 i.         d.  heed. 


J; tX___irLjl!Z:i_^ZI~i;~^~Izni~lT — l — i~T — l — l — r- — l r \—i T i-tH^ — It — 1 — I- 


liliyililiillli^ 


— ZIZt3=X± 


qtzs. 


Rise  my  soul  and  stretch  thy  wings  Thy      bet-    ter    portion    trace 


iliiriiii 


i[ii^.iii-li|TiiSii^l§iill|l 


Rise  from  transi-  -  to-  ry  things  Tow'rd  heav'n  thy  native  place 


HSiei^iiliiie 


:^± 


mmm 


If: 


sHHi^lii 


^HiHii^iiiiiiiBi 


iiiingiiiiiggiigiyiPiiiiiiiiiiiii 


Sun  and  moon  and  stars  de-  -  cay  Time  shall  soon  this  earth  re-  move 


Rise  my  soul  make  baste  a-  -  way  To        seats  prepar'd  a-  -  bove 


iiliili^lii^iiiiiaiil^iiii^aili^i 


^— Sfcp:: 


4' 


JIUTUMJ^.     P.M.     8,7.1VordsascribeiHoBeathj.     fisher.     31 


Biigiiiilli 


liiiiii 


if^iPilil 


See  the  leaves  around  ye  falling        Dry  and  wither'rt  to  the  ground  Thus  to  thoughtless  mortals  calling  In     a    sad  and     solemn  sound 


iiiiisjf=iililiiiil^iiiliiiiiiiiiililii 


iiili^giigl!liliiiiieiliiiliililiilil 


z\=z\=i 


iMiPilil 


Sons  of  Adam  o':ce    in     EJen         When   like    us    ye    blighted        f  11  Hear  the  kctures  wearei'eading  'Tis    alas    the  truth  we  tell 

~  I Z^ 


PlSiSiiliiiglil^Siii 


iliiii^ir^iiiiiliEliiiiglilililiPliillt 


^as 


-H==^FF^ 


^iriiiii^ 


ALLSMJ^TS.     L.M.         Watts^  Psalms,  ii7 


^- 


t 


«zizo_s: 


^EflJJ 


TANSUR 


1 


1^^ 


From  alUliatcI  we'll  be-  low  tlie  skies         LettheCrea-  tor's  praise  arise ;  Let  the  Re-  deemer's  name  be  sung  Thro' ev'ry  land  by  ev'ry  tongue. 


it 


l^iiiiiii 


11=*: 


:=sze 


in::: 


.5/p.  iaw  cu/fe  lite  above  piece  "  JBollon." 


mmMm^^^M^^^!i¥. 


ALLSAIJ^TS  JS'EW.     L.M.         IVaUslSH.  Bl,  B. 


HAlili. 


If: 


p^SiiiSBiSl^g^ifii 


ig^eiiiiiiliSSiiiiiii^iliiigiii 


O  if  my  Lord  would  come  and  meet  My  soul  would  stretch  her  wings  in  haste  Fly  fearless  thro'  death's  iron  gate  Nor  feel  the  terrors  as  she  pass'd 


^iSSi^iiiaK^^ilSilSiiiifi 


^_^^i^illSlpfe 


4: 


51=^ 


.Te. 


JULSATXTS  XEW.     Condudcil 


33 


■^^SiiilSiiigiiiiiiilSSifei 

Je-  -  -  SUB  While  ^^ \\  i>'lf 


Je-  -  -  SUE  While 


^l^ililgiilllPiSiifSimlliiiiJii 


Jesus 


WhHe 


While 


ii^iigifei 


¥li 


^^^^^m^mimm 


E 

If: 


9US  cim  make  a  dying  beU   kcl  soft    as    dowoy     pillows    are        While    Da   his    breast    I      lean     ray     head     and    Ureallie    ray    lite    out   sweetly    theie        While 

2 


---a 


l^gg^^ii^iiliE^SliiiiiMi 


m 


lean      my      he.^d      And 


And         bieytbe 


^^_^^_| 


I^HiSiiiiSia^i 


And    breathe     my        Jite 


I    _  lean 


11^ 


•P^ 


*i-i- 


And  ^^- '  1  9 


my        heMd        And        breathe 


^m 


lean  ray  head    And  bpeathe        :JS 


3-i     Isa.  Chap.  50,  ver.  1.       .IBISE,  .3n  ^inthcm.        [Words  from  sundry  scriptures.]]        a.   Williams 


^siiiiiii^iiLfEi^ijigiii^iiPii^i^Eii 


^^mmiM^M^&MmmmmmMm 


:[]:         Shine 


:!|:  O      Zion  for  th)'  light 


is  come  And  the  glory    of    the 


Sllll^iliri^llilliiiiSlgiiiriitlig. 


isiisiiiiiiilHii^iiEig^igEiPiiigiiiiiigi 


^^iE£EEHfiiii?3i?fe:^ 


*tt:=lg3 


igiSliiiiiiilgilliiigiiiiiil 


sgiJiiiii^iiiiiiiigEiii 

Mm 


?ffezfc:a 


LnnI       is      I'iscn       upon      thee        And  the  g!o- 


ry  &e 


And  the 


Ilililailliiililiii^i^l^i^iil^i^PI^ 


the  glory  he. 


I- 


iigiiii^iiiiiiiiiiiiPiiiiiftiirEiiii 


jmiSE.     Continued. 


inn: 


Isa.  Chap.  50,  ver.  3. 

i^lil^Si-ililiiliiliiiiilgil^i 


35 


And  kino;s  :!|: 


iiiiiiigiiiiiiiiiiiiPiiEf|Epiiiii^iii 


Glo- 


ry of  the  LottI  &0. 


And  the  Gentiles  shall  come  to  thy  light 


to  the  brightness  of  thy 


igEglUgigli 


^rgs: 


HiHililiif^iiiiil^ 

^^iiiiiMiiiiir-iJiiifaiiiiiiriiiii 


Anil  kings  ;|!: 


fzgTipiz:^: 


iiii^igig^igiiiiii^giiisiiiiiriiii^^ 


And  kings  : 


mai 


ilUlillilliill^ilillilliiiiiPil 

Sing     :|i:  :1|:     O  heav'ns  and  be  joy- 


rising    And  the     Gentiles  &c. 


^_^  And  kings  to  thy  light  ^ »>--8  -p*~^      -?»■ 

^iiiliiiiiiiiMlhlil§lllirlj|flii 


y 


36 


Luke,  Cliap.  2,  ver.  10. 


JRISE.     Continued. 


^^zX^x.wtX- 


For  behold     I     \ji\n^  )ou  glud  liLllngs 


XM 


(ilad     tidings 


lip:^^ 


iSi^ 


^ «, 


lii^liHiiiSiiliilS^-ligliilS^Sl 


I      ful     O  carlli 


Behold  I  kc. 


Glad  tidings  Gla-  -  d    tidings  :||:  Gla- 


d  tidings 


l^iig^ll^iligi^PiiliSSlS^iiSii 


^#- 


<.-t 


sliiiE^y^^=l=E- 


Glad  tidings  :(,': 


Glad 


tarings  :1|: 


# 


rk 


iop  bLiioId 


^^^S 


G  lad      udlngs 


SieilK^ 


:1;:  Glad  tidings  :]:  :i|:  gla-    •    - 

igiisiiiiiiiiigiiigipggi^ii^iii^i 


of  gie;.t        joy     Which  5li»ll  be  to  all  [leople       GImI  tidings      :J: 


Glad  tid- 


lllEi=liiiiii|llilMia^i^iiiiig:^|ISiS 

Glc. --d :!|:  Gla--- 

iliiii^liilliiiSlgiiiiifilite^ii 


G\»d  ti<lings 


ff^# 


i:„-.«  ^       .11.  .«. 


ARISE.     Continueil. 


37 


-     <1  tidings  ;||: 


£ 


^- 


^1^ 


in^?  of  Rier-t  joy  Glad 


of  great  joy 

A 


Id 


i^i^ 


:]:  Gia-    ...-.-    d        tidings    of    great    joy      AVhich  shall  be  to 


:^^»iPi^i^lii^iSiiiiil-lilL^Ji^ 


-    d 


of  gi-eat  joy 


eSeH 


ings  Gla 


■  d         tidin: 


Sii^ 


g^^i^Tip 


^ii^ii 


■     liSs- 


li 


(»  1» 


all  people 


To    all        M 


all 


^ggi';§li|g 


lEH 


t 


^^:iliiiiiiiiirilli 

this  day    in    the    city    of    Dav;d    a 


people  For    un-    to    you    is  bora  this  day    in    the    city    of    David    a 


1^ 


iiillililir^iliillgi^3Siiil 


'S 


Luke.  Chap.  2.  ver.  14. 


dRFSE.     Continued. 


f 


:=— +: 


£ 


^--^- 


7-r-ar--1ig 

v/     ::r: 


H^HgilH 


^^Kwr  a  SaTioui-  a  Saviour  U  ho  is  Cin  i st  the  Lord  Glo- ry  :'i:  :| :  be    to    God    on 


IH^H: 


=^^|EiEgElH|! 


l^aH^i^^^iiiiiiiirfigiii 


a        SavioHr  a 


h-j-i — -f-J 


peace 


For  unto  us  a  child    is    bom 


Hiigfiiiiii^j 


m 


hi^h 


And  on  earlh  peace 


Ji3E§El= 


peace 


And  good  will  tow*rd  men 


For 


^^E§ilF§lii^^^i^j^g^^^^l§ii^li= 


-n_^_a 


And  on  eanU  And 

r-e-n 


-mnmr 


psace  peace  .-li:  ;!l: 


*=a 


i 


Isaiah  9 — 6. 


ARISE.     Concluded. 


39 


VV'onileiful 

iiliillliSilliiiiiiiiiiiiligill^^ 


unto  US  £<cc.  un-    to    us    a    Son    is    given     and    his    nunie    sh:ili  be   called 


Counsellor  the  mighty  God 


the  everlasting  Father  Uie  Prince  of 


'  Wonderful 

iBiiliigiiill^^iifciiiaiiliiii 


IL= 


(f-i:* 


zziaz 


"ieiiililllil^^iiiliiliMi^igBi 


Atnen       Ha  Amen 


peace  Amen         Hallchij:Ji  Arni-n       Ha  Amen  :l|:  \.    -     -     men  -I]- 

i^BSiHgiiiliiiillil^lill^iil 


glMgiliSSIil&fiiiiliiilllli]! 


40 


^lE 


^:3t^ 


AUSTRM.     S.  M.         Watts'  H.  74,  Book  S 


MITCHELL. 


rtwfg 


1»i»-(»- 


Itifc 


!^^ 


Is  this  the  kind  return     And  these  the  thanks  we  owe 


Thiu 


Whence 


-■^  Sr^^^^^^SS  lE 


^t 


-J4— t 


Thus 


Whence 


flo-  -  w     Tlius 


^^g^igmiigiiiiji 


*^^**** 


'    |.         i Q. 


EC3ii: 


-^♦-^4-^ 


^=» 


Thus  to  abuse  e-    ter-  nal  love     Whence  all  o«r  blessings  flow 


^fe^^agHs^ 


l&^- 


eite 


^ 


^-t■ 


^ 


11 


Thus 


Whence 


Thus 


^5ii^=te 


.^-i 


:t 


fc. » 


EH^335£±S 


il 


Whence 


flo*    -    •    -    w 


Whence  Whence  8se. 


i^^ 


igi 


ei:t: 


K=ta£] 


Hi 


m 


Whence  all 


all 


all 


JiLSTEAD.     C.  M. 


News 


HOLDEN.        41 

1  2 


X£ 


^^M 


0^. 


t- 


11^ 


•■-ff 


^^ 


Salva- 


7Ffl«s'  7/.  LTjvica. 


News  iS:c. 


l-tt-H- 


m 


pza:: 


ilE 


ij£ 


News 


Shepherds  rejoice  lift  up  your  eyes    And  send  your  fears  away        News  from  the  regions  of  the  skies     Salvation's  born  to  dny 


News  News 


?E*»: 


ISgi 


News 


News 

-S 1— r 


5i5^^i^K3rS 


:dz: 


m 


News  he 

BEIDGEWITEB.     I.  M.         Watts'  Fsdlms,  i  t7. 


mm^ 


m 

1  2 

IS 


EDSON. 


§gggs|5 


:=k: 


:b: 


m 


9]fl-3fS¥^ 


^-.^.^., -^^-. ,, , , ,  ^  -_-,„  „,i#^^ipffps 


13:5: 


From  all  who  dwell  below  the  skies    Let  the  Creator's  praise  arise 


Let 


i 


:it 


m 


:m\ 


H=S 


«TPP: 


S 


^ 


©=PI 


i^iSi 


il_)-4 


Thro'  ev'ry  land  by  ev'ry  tongue        Thro' 


1':^^ 


jy'  7n 


k- 


32=S 


xa: 


B2?3; 


M 


^Si 


-k- 


Let 
l£t  the  Redeemer's  name  be  sung  Thro* 


42 


^^^Se: 


BERLIX.     L.  M.         iratts'  11.  Lyrica. 


WM.    BILLINGS. 


SElfei 


'-  -z.z^zzI^ 


3fM 


S-B 


^: 


S 


e-^ 


^ 


§mtz:  -B 


Ez::: 


--M^ 


Hilillllii^iraiilHglife 


Eir-> 


<? ?S T-tl        f'^-T^ 


m 


He  dies  :{:  the         *  hear'nly  lover  dies  The  tidings  strike  a    dole-  ful  sound    0  my    poor         heart-strings 


m^^^^^ 


■^-f-- 


«? 


:2Z5 


Izg 


giggggpgiiii 


^i=^:ili^%^^igi^^iilg^i=lSiiii^^^lSi 


Ebgiiii^^lialll^glilii^E^ils|s=li^li 


Come  saints  and  drop  a  tear  or  two 


tlil=1giilSi^lll^sisi^l5E|s|is|^i^i 


In    she  co!d    ca-  -  -  veras  of  tl.e  srround 


deep     lie.   lies 


On  the  dear  bosom  of  your  God 

iiilSlllPJiiSP^gi^iiSiPSii^P 


a        tear    or    two 


;,r==:r2r^zl3zFIlHj3E3;Srii:SS~±Jiz5EE^ 


BEELIJ^.     Concluded. 


43 


g^^^j-^iii 


iii=ililiS^i*Sri 


«-ptr-k|^    ,^-fr 


V— tV 


ii^glgai^Eiiiiiiif^ipai 


=^: 


He  ihe<     a  thoutand  drops  for  you     A  thoiuand  dropi  of    richer    blood     A  thousand  drops         :||: 


of    riclier     blood 

T»-tT-^->H: 


E^^iii^ggiiigiii^iliiiigii^iiii]i 


a^iil^lSiiilgSliii 


i^iiS! 


^^^: 


E 


»S 


o-e 


BROOKFIELD.     L.  M.  Watts' Psalms,  5 1.         w.  billings. 

iiiSi@liii§iliigiig|SiiiiS 

Pmlii^iilferi 


P-r-D— P_ 


i 


±Ezf=gz^ 


gg 


Shew  pity  Lord  O  Lord     forgive      Let  »  re-  -  -  -  penting  re-  -  •  bel  lite  Are    not  thy  mercies. large  and  free     May  not     a    sinner  trust  in  thee 


igSSeiiii3SSSiiiiiiii§M!illiiM 


ii^fes 


a-a 


:±=jrd± 


S^l^iPSgiSgSiiiiiilpii 


44 


BUJS'KER  HILL,  Jin  Ode.     li  ^  5.         Words  hy  JV.  JV«7e», 


iia 


Where  blood  and  carnage  ;|:  clothethe  ground  in  crimson     Sounding 


^giiiis^ipi^ 


Why  should  vain  mortals  tremble  at  the  sight  of  death  and  destruction 


Where  blood  &c. 


uith  death  groans 


igiiii§iiiiipliigi 


in  the  field  of  battle  where 


ili^JSiiil 


2-i-B- 


BVCKIXGIIJiM.     C.  M.         Watts'  Psalms,  12.         williams. 


■"ilNfeisiiEpiliiiiiijigjl^g^^gil^; 


E^^iSiiiPJlES^Ii 


-a — e 


^^E=^m^^=^ 


m 


c;..Q, 


a_=-4s: 


H^ll>  Lord  for        men  of      virtue  fail  Religion    loses  ground  The  sons  of        «ick- ed-  -  ness  pre-  vail  And  trench- e- -  riea    a- -  bound 


iiiSzli^lilifife^i^S^I^ 


:!tttz 


n^m 


r-E 1-S-?- 


Ij  ^-Q pTZ^ — lZilIZ2  -f'^I T5-pr— ]-   I-— -1- 


rcc 


sii^lSi 


BRISTOL.     L.  M. 


P^^aSsi^l^Sl 


TV(ttls'>  Psalms,  93.  swan.     45 


^ 


To  show  thy  love  by  morning  lij;ht 


SS^Haii^giSiiliiSlliiM^. 


Sweet  is  the  work  my  God  my  king    To  praise  thy  name  give  thanks  and  sing 


And  talk    of    all   thy  truth  at  night 


Sgigi^^^^i&jEPll-^ilglgg^ 


l§gSiiiiiiilS§smilii 


5k- 


Mii 


njJI--^^^^Bi 


ggSlEiiii^ai^ 


I  may 


« 


j-k. 


IrtiiiiSlii 


-k— ^ 


^W- 


Sweet  is  the  day  of  sacred  rest  No  mortal  cares  disturb  my  rest  O  may  ray  heart  in  tune  be  found 


No  O    may  tune 


solemn  sound 

WM 


Like  David's  harp  of  solemn  sound 
12 


prF*Pk 


11 


i«-^f 


-p~p»i 


m 


s- 


:=F 


O    may  tune 


O    may  my 


WILLIAMS. 


liBJr.     C.  M.         Watts'  Psalms  139. 

|piiliiiSi1iiJiiiiiiii&^=il^i!lgl=^i 


m 


p-ip  p- 


m^^^m 


When  I  with  pleasing  wonder  sUnd  And    all    my  frame  sur-  rey         Lord  'tis  thy  work— I    own  thy    hand        Thui  built  my  humble    clay 


33^ 


nzdliz^zz: 


m^. 


Mr.  Law  calls  this  "  Easton." 


-STK 


BRUXSWIC.     C.  M.         Watts'  Psalms,  49. 


Why  doth  the  raan  of    riches     grow  To  in-  science  and  pride  To    see  his  wealth  and  honors    flow  With  ev'ry        lising    tide 


^liilti^^^iiliiES^iiiSs^ 


SSiliilLHIigiiili^lHiiii^iSia! 


BOUKBOX.     L.  M.         Watts'  Fsalms,  143. 


47 


iiili||ii^^^^ipg.^1^|ii^l|iiil 


::=:ffl 


— — © r  ^-•P — —  ■ 


■P-©-rF-i 


KgMiiiSiii&ailiiiill? 


.Tizipj^-^- 


Look  down  in     pi- ty  Loitl  and  see        The  mighty  woes  that  burden  me  My  wasting  life  draws  near  the giave        Make  bare  thine  arm  tliy  servant  save 


g^iliiS^islliilSiiSiiiSiir^l! 


i: 


^ 


ii^iiii#liiiiiiElii 


COXCOBB.     S.  M.  Watts'  H.  30,  Booh  2. 


HOLDEN. 


^PJiiiiP.^II-^iiii^iiigplSiiig|iill 

_     _     _    -     _•■    ■____  -.r^^'^   jT^.        _ -     _     -    a. I.         2 


m^^mmfm^^^^^^^mm^m^mm 


1  he  Mil  of  Zion  yields    A  thoiupnd  sacred  sweets        Before  we  reach  the  heav'nly  fields    Be-    fore 


Or  walk  the  golden  streets 
•IkTTWTr — T-I  -n-2  -1-,- 


^lilglSfsifelEfeiiilieiliiiiifE^iiii 


S^ 


a 


# 


r-^^ 


•t-h-i-H 


F=^=F 


fiisi 


48 


DH.  RANDALli. 


— ^^ 


aiMBJlILGE.     a  M.         Hippon's  H.  173. 


Sif^i 


5:^ 


i»-|»tO 


E^Sigiiliia 


Jesus  I  love  thy  glorious  name    'Tis  music    to    my    car        Fain  would  I  souod  it  out  so  loud        That  heav'n  and  earth  might  hear. 


i^llilUMPiiSiiiilill^^l^^^ll 


ggjjpl^Etegg^lggipgggMgf^Bfl^g^siJi 


C/ifJVJ.     C.  M 


t^- 


ISHb 


W^flffs'  i/.  3,  Boofc  3 


SWAN. 


2^gp: 


^ 


:fez5iinipzj 


■F 


ggi^g^gii^^.i^p^ig 


Why  should  we  mourn  departing  friends        Or  shake    at  death's  alarmi  'Tis  but  the  VMce  that  Je- -  ius  sends  To  eall  them  to  hi»  arm* 


^^^^mm 


1^ 


COMMU:S'IOX.     CM.         iratts' IL' iS,  Book  3.     j.  robeutson.     49 


How  sweet  &  awful  is  the  place 


Here  cy'i-v  bowel  of  our  God  kc. 


Ipl^i^iiifeaiiliiilPiiiHSli 


LtTT"  r.. 
fS ^: 


gji^i^a^^teigisiiiiisiaigsiii 


nOLDEN. 

1  2 


G  .  COMOXATIOJ^.     C.  M.         lUppon's  11  177. 

All  hail  the  pow'r  of  Jesiu'  name  Let  angels  prostrate  fall  Bring  forth  the  rnj'al  diidem  And  crown  him  I^rJ  of  all 


iiiii^iij: 


:aiff 


■'r— 


.^Mi^iBHiiiliSgi 


»»». 


^fife'^^S'iSJf 


50 


CJLVJRr.     C.  M  Watts''  H.  Lijvica.     BipponS  H.  550.         d.  reeu. 


i  pili^]^ilii^ieiigEiPi 


ii^iS 


fei=^igliiliili§iiig^iiM^l^llii 

Where 


m 


My  tlio'ts  iliat  ofien  mount  ihe  skies 


Co  search  the  world  ♦lem-ath 


:si£ii|gliS^ii^iSigi 


cere 


m 


Go  Go  Where  nature  all  in  ru-  in  lie»  Where  in 


EEEfSiEg^^ig^llilE^^ 


E=brEEizEEEEi£=Bt^i^zEEtrzEE3EHzzEEEES==E 


© — ©• 


rl^l^l 


And  ow- 


her 


tov  reign 


death 


si^flgi^iiiii 


->. — ^^-kg 


-1^ — - — -r — I 


m^iEPiiiiiiiiiii 


ruin  lies      Ami  ow- 


^Siliii^iiiililiiiiiilililSl^lllS 


COMPLJIIJS'T.     CM.  Watts' Tsalms,  102,  vev.  2.         paumhter.     51 


gfMm^^^^^^^^^i=^=^^W^ 


l^^l^lii-^igi 


-^--1 


m^immmm==m 


Spare  us        0  Lord  a-  -  loud  we  pray    Nor  let  our        sun 


down      at  noon 


~E^^ 


5js: 


iiiilli^lPiSi 


z^!t-^ 


:^=t=^::=-z?=^±M-? 


»l: 


^= 


m 


:=x=~tF= 


iHiPi 


—  •— ••T-C ''^^ 1 


Tliy  )  enrs  are  one  e-  tc-r-  nal  il.i)'  Aiiil 


^iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiilgiill^liiiM 

-^— ^  I  2^ _ 


igi^iiiiiiiiE^iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii^iiiS 


Thy 


Thy  years 


||ii::|giiiiiii 


iliii§3l|: 


1* 


3J — S_J3_ 


m 


m 


s-r—m 


V=|E 


must    ihy  cliil-  -  drea  die    so 


soon        Thy    years 


HHLSliililil^lilili 


52 


COLESIIILL.     C.  M,         Watts'  Psalms.  144.  kirby. 


iiiiiiiriigiiiiSigiiiiiigiiMiii^ 


Lord  wliat  is  man  poor  feeble  man 


Boin  of  the  earth  at      first 


His  life  a  shadow  light  and        ^-ain  Still      hast'ning  to  the    dust 


«y 


Ei§§iiiiPJ^iili|g^ill|lj^iiillili-iiii 


H: 


giPpgj^pjI^^iigiipjcEgEiggpga^-g^^ 


rf: 


Coles/till  is  l-Xj  some  ealled  "  Dublin."     It  is  a  little  altered  frtnn  the  oricrinal  by  lite  name  of  "  fVindsor."  ' 

COOKTJAM.     7's.  Cowper's  IL  Bippon,  250.  har.  sacra. 


3. 


illiiiiliJIIIiiiiiiiiiiigllii^ 


'Tis  a  point  1 1  ng  to  know  Oft  it  causes    anxious    thought 

mi 


psiiiiis^^ig^ 


iiiiiiiil^iiiiilil^gliiiiiiSg^Ep 


^iiii^t^ 


tr~ 


:::fc3!!:p 


ffPpSggsjii 


COWPER.     L.  M.         Corvper's  IL  holden.     53 

WE 


:f:^:p: 


t 


WWMW- 


i^M^M 


Forgive  the  long  that  falls  so  low  Beneath  the  gratitade  I  owe 


It  means  Sec, 


^feeisiriiiii»iEg^ 


:S:^:"^ 


mil 


It  meaDS  thy  praise  however  poor        It  means  &c. 

COJ^TE^TMEJ^T.     S.  M. 


-^^m^m 


Aa  angel's  song  can  do  no  more 

Watls^  Fsalms.  23. 


J.    COLE. 


rq 


mm 


— :ffDTS-|-B- 


i 


ssHiii 


^ISgSjI^MEsI^ 


^ 


ftitfl^l 


ii^igiigftSSiiiiilSfeiliiiii 


The  Lord  my  Shepherd  is  I  shall  be  well  supply'd 


What       can       I       want      heside 


1-S&. 


Since  he  is  mine  and  I  am  his 


What      can     1     want     beside 


cii^^iiS^J^SiiiiilSiiiiig 


What  can  I  want  beside    What  &c. 


51.       CO^'TE^^TME.yT.   Continued. 

If: 


lE=lEiyEfe 


^\■|l:^t 


[EiiiiiSiiiliat 


■What 

-Ik- 


ifiliilili^igt! 


Since  he  is  ko. 


CREATIOX.     C.  M.       Rippon^s  11.  33.       iiolden. 

All  All 


iSHiiigiii^ililiiii 


Lord  when  my  raptui-*(l  thoughts  survey        Creation's  beauties  o'er  All  nature  joins 


^  All 


'iiiieiiiii&jrii^ 


And  1  am  tec 


F^; 


Wh:U  can  &c. 


0 


5t=F 


F^ 


i^ii;^i 


w^ 


All 


tiiHi^iiiiiiiiiii 


^HHfelSSfel 


Ten  thousand 


to  teach  tliy.  praise    And  Lid  my     Sool  adore    Whene  e'er  I  turn  my  gazing  eyes  Thy  radiant  footsteps  ahine 


^iiilPiiiiiiil^f 


z:t__D-fc=: 


.Ullliliiii 


Ten  thousand  pleasing  wonders  rise 


And  speak  th^'  hand  divine 


CWMBEKMJ^I).     L.  M. 


rf#rSs^i®5E: 


In^z 


■©-=■ 


-6—e 


% 


szraz 


Waits^  II.  4,  Book  2,  rei:  D.  an.  i*xv,i:\.      55 

:s: 


^^ 


^=i£ 


3=^Zt323^=t 


'r::az?i 


^s-^-F^^^^s 


ii^i^iii^Fji 


-b-&s 


B 


Yes  I'm  secure  beneath  thy  blood        And  »Ufay  foes  sliall  lose  their  aim 


tm 


22Z 


-m^. 


MS 


mz 


izszto: 


itzzzt: 


e|^e| 


E=iE|r. 


^Seffl^i^iii^i^SSiil 


^IS^E 


~~zizq — ——re- — Kzczsz-ipzzrgzitpnsrrzzF:?: 

:^£!Eg^Et^SeiEiSgEEEt: 


^i^^ziztE 

Note. — Bi/  repeating  one  part,  this  tune  may  be  sung  to  6  times  8 

XUMBEBL^JS'I)  ^EW.     P.  M. 


Hosannah  to  my  dying  God     And  my  best  hfinors  to  liis 

•°ztoz§z:zzrEz:zzrzzzzz[:zszii::z:z:z 


Bippon,  500^ 


iiiigliliiiilPiiagliifililiiliiSlii 

Come  thou  fount  of  evVy  blessing  Tune  my  heart  to  sing  thy  grace  Streams  ot  mercy  ne-  ver  cc:ising        Call  for  songs  of  lr)ud,.'st  i.rr,i:e 


iSiiSsiliisa] 


y 


56 


CHIJILESTOX.     C.  M.         Watts^  Psalms,  42.  frothingham. 


teifgSiiiiiigirililiillli^Mi^SM 


With  earnest    longings    of      the     mini  My  God  to  thee  I     look 


So  paDta  the  hunted  hart  to  End  And  taste  the  cooling  bi-ook 


l^siiiiiilfl! 


S-B-yy-rp—T 


i 


-p-p 


iiSiiiiie^iii 


■^pSiiiiliiSli 


CHOCKSET.     C.  M.         Psalms,  139,  rer.  6.  mitcheix. 


g»^SlSii 


:SjET»Tkyizix~ 


iSilgSiiyiiiiiiiii^liiSiiifei^JB 

Lord  where  shall  guilty  souls  retire  In  In 


ForgoUen  and  unknown  In 


la  hell  they  meet  thy  dreadful  ire 


In  henv'u  thy  glorious  throae 


COLCHESTER.     C.  M.         mats'  Vsalms,  5. 


VVILLIA.MS.       5/ 


p^iffliSBi^l^lgigiil 


-i — i- 


:tzd±:az: 


UJNl J— 


^TfTCS-gigS 


iz:^iqpg=p:f:az:pq:aipy=czpz:p=ppzp:;:=D^z:|:B=pf-^3Zi-.q:§zi]: 


n — r 


:*t==^ 


:«2 


33-^ 


Lord       in     the  morning  thou  shall  hear     My  voice  ascending  high        To  thee  will    I    di-  rect  my  pray'r  To  thee  lift  up     mine     eye 


t ipTTirt — -U — -i^-^^ira — lUT^zp: — :p 


ffiz? 


.1 


11 


^ii=> 


-ii:— =■ 


■*<:— ^ 


S- 


il|iil=^l^^iyE^=iE§gi?Ef 


H 

rf: 


J.    TUCKER. 


Pfe^S 


DEVISES     C.  M.  Watts'  Fsalms,  9. 


^^mfip^ 


■=-& 


I 


fcifc 


0—s- 


i 


^ 


Will  put  &c. 


With  my  whole  heart  I'll  raise  my  song        Thy  wonders  I'll  proclaim        Thou  lov'reign  judge  of  right  and  wrong  Wilt  put  my  foes  to  sh^e^ 


^g^Ei^i^giiQiife 


;?&i:a-ji^: 


I^Ll 


—  M 

7 


fee 


ggs 


-vv 


^e; 


iy^H^-^sgPil 


zzz: 


T-zzzi: 


.58 


BAVIBS  LIMEXTATIO.W.         Words  from  a  Sam.  Cliap.  18,  ver.  33.     wm.  billings. 


D.ivid  tlie  king  m  as  grlevetl  .'ukI  moveii  He  went  to  liia  cliaiiiber  his  chamber  Cind  wept 


O        my    son 


piiilE^PJ^E^gPlg^iiP^pEgaPslsiPsiEsPI^ 


iii^giiiS^ii^^^giiiiSiiiiiiS 

Arid    as    he    went    ht     wept    and     said 

''liiiiliiPilliS^iir^iiiig^iiiSiPililll 


O     my     son 


would  For    thee    O    Ab-sa-lom    my     sun        tny        son 


Would  _|j. 

iSiiilili^i^i^iiii^^iiilP^iiiilpil 


DIJXLAP'S  CREEK.     C.  M.     Hymn  62,  Book  2,  ver.  4.     Ascribed  to  s.  mTarlynd.     59 


'^^mif^mi^m^mmMm^^MiMMm 


iiii^Siiii^ 


-P-P-, 


iiilSli^liiiiia 


Think  0  my  soul  the  dreadfal  day  When  this  in censed  God  Shall  rend  the  skies  and  burn  tlic  seas        And  fling  his  wrath  abroad 

^s^i^iiliiiiiiilSliiiiiiiiiPiiiiii^^ 


ii^^i 


a; 


'?.- 


Ti'ii-i  Ume  is  eke~^liere  called  "  funeral  Thought.^ 


i^iii 


# 


:^i==- 


UlliliglPJi 


DOOMSDAY.     S.  M.         IlarVs  Hymns. 


VrOOD. 

— It 


^pg^iiliiiiiiil^iliiiiiigiSlfelil 

^  The 


H^iii-iiil 


Q_ft- 


JF 


il! 


s3 


tEzSfEEFEE=EfeEtfe3E^EE 


BeUoM  with  awful  pomp    The  judge  prepares  to  come 


The  archangel 


And  wakes 


iSiliiilJl^iliiiiiiSi 


Iziiflr^lz'  "" 


^ts 


^^1~EE 


tr-lt 


:==^^P 


dreadful  trump 


And  wakes  the  een'ral  doom 


iiliil* 


ziLn:zziEzEizbzpzi===i@zEitzEiEzfi^p3=zzi:— s:Iz:izx^^ 


The  archangel  sounds  the 


60 


LELIGHT.     F.  M.     O's  4's.         Watts'  Psalms,  131,  ver.  3. 


COAN. 


^S: 


liiliiliiiggilliieeigsl 


iSSagi 


v-w 


p^-w 


Thou 


No  burning  heats  by  Jay    Nor  blasts  of  ev'ning  air    Shall  take  my  health  away    If  God  be  with  me  there 


Thou 


iiiiliiiiiiaii^iil 


p^i= 


W^W 


WFiH- 


Thou 


e£ 


^feiSlElgES 


•-^ 


A*' 


^m. 


?±^ 


Thou  art  ray  saa  Aod  thou  my  shade  To  guard  my  head  by 


fqjm^zf^z^zzzzz 


^m\ 


--fct^zSj 


iPiiigiiil^^il^i^i^i 


iigiPiliiiiiiiigSlfe 


Tlimi  art  he. 


E^3Ei^|==i=pHgggp_^ipgg^ 


nigt.t  or  noo*    • 


:eI^P|3^ 


^l^lgMl 


DEATHS  ALARM.     C.  M. 


Watls^  JI.  8,  Book  3,  ver.  4. 


WEST.       6 1 

1  2 


ffigglPSi 


To  snatch  our  lives  a-    -    -    •  way 

~  1  2 


iggmiigiiiiggiiai 


to  snatch 


iffliHiiSiifflsigli! 


DUJ^STIJ^.     L.  M. 


irntts'  Psalms,  73. 


DU.    MADAN. 


^^ 


e 


Pi» 


^ 


:b=±- 


fei^iSS 


;::s:=::-rj: 


Wii 


-if-'-' 


mmmm 


Till  moons  See . 


iHH 


f^ 


Till 


iiiiJiiii 


i^Siiffliil^lSMiiiii 


Jesiu  alukll  reign  where  e'er  the  sun     Does  his  successive  joumies  run    His  kingdom  stretch  Trom  shore  to  shore    Till  moons  shall  wax  and  wane  no  more    Till  moons  &(C. 


* 


^^ 


1S— 19- 


r-ft: 


g^gHUggiliigge 


63 


DJLSTO.V.     P.  M.     6's  8's.  Watts'  Psalms,  93.         williams. 


liilgiiSg:iliiillp"Siii§Sffiii^ 


IS? 


iiS^liiiSiiiiil^Siiiiii^liiilii 


The  Lord  Jehovah  reigns        And  royal  state  maintains        His  head  with  awful  glories  crown'd        Arraj'd  in  robes  of  light        Begirt  with  sov'reign  might 


Tzs: 


Miii 


And  fays  of  majesty  around 


DOVEPi.     S.  M. 


Watts'  Psalms,  48. 


WILLIAMS. 


f- 


^"^i^^^^j^^^^f^^^zlzli^^ 


liH^Uli 


I — H 


S-T-S-T P-T» 


Siiiiiiigiiiiiilil 


n-D— „_ 


±=a 


Great  is  the  Lord  our        God  And  let  his  praise  be     great 

tr.  tr. 


He  makes  the  churches  his  a-  -  bode  His  most  de-  lightful         seat 


Hiiiiiliii 


iiii-SiEi^iiiiBi 


IliiiiiiiiliglililMiMigilgilMiiigMiiii 


Mr.  Cole  has  called  this  piece  "  Durham." 


SEAMARK.     L.  M.         Watts'  Psnlms,  100. 


DR.    M'ADAN.       G3 


pli^^giiii»^li^ii§ilisieiSiii 


Before  Je-  -  hovah's  awful  throne  Ye  nations  bow  with  sacred  joy 


H^HiliPiliiS 


Know  Ihi^tthe  Lord  is  God  a-  -  lone       He   can  create  and  He  destroy 

— hi — i— ^d  «-d-  -f  H — — i H—  -p  J — \-  —\ — M-»4- J-3f— 


f^gis^ggiillfeS 


ffi^ 


;^t- 


-^=H- 


fc: 


;liz.^±d 


iiiliSiii 


If 


iHii^Sn^ggiar^litei] 


He  can  ere-  -  ate  and  He  de-  stroy 


His  sovereign  pow'r  without  our  aid    Made  us  of  clay  andform'd  us  men  And  wiien  like  wand'iing  sheep  we  stray 'd  He 


=EiiSiiplig»piSipiSiiigiiil 
.g^J^iliiiiigtSiSiigliiliiii 


64. 


JDEXMARK.     Continued. 


Duet. 


EE5SS 


il^iS 


We  are  his  people  We  fee. 


We  his 


,^i^MiSlii#liiiiliSiiiii^iSiii 


Jiass  viol. 


'^^Ef^^gEgiagllg 


il 


and  all 


What  f«c. 


=i^ 


shall  we  rear 


iitliii] 


l^tesg^l^^ig^fc'is^g 


eare  Our        souls        and        all        our      mortal        frame        What      lasting        honors       lasting    honors       shall     we    rear  Almighty  maker 


■^ 


«=:r5r^ 


W=i: 


SfiElEiteS^SS^S 


§^y^B 


JDEJ^MAEK.     Continued. 


65 


:rSii=:i: 


^iiilSiii^iliiiiiliiie 


Almighty  inukcr 


We'll  crowd  thy  gates  with  thank-  ful  songs    High  as  the  heav'ns  our 


IS 


-4- 


f^F=^ 


to  thy  name  shall  we  rear        Almighty  maker  to  thy  name 


.^.JL 


I 


iillPiiiiliiiiiii#iLii 


— t-o^ 


^SggSigg^EliSiiiiiiiiiilga 


voice-  -  -  s  raise       And  earth  :||:  with  her   ten  thousand  thousand  tongues       Shall  fill  thy  courts  with  sounding  praise       Shall  fill  thy  courts  J:c.  Shall 


156 


DEXMARK     Concluded. 


I  2 


iiiiiiHaiilliiiiiiiggSgi^iglif 


fill    Shall  Sll  ihj- courts  with  sounding  praise  Wide    :!|:    as  the  world  is  thy  command       Vast  as  eternity  thy  love 


firm  as  a  rock  thy  truth  must 


iiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiii»^P^S^ 


SiiiriSiiligilil^^llS^iiigie 


SiiiiiliiiiiiiiSiiSSiSiiril 


Rtuud    When  rolling   years  shall  cease  to    nioYe  shall  cease  to  move    WhearoUiiig  &c. 


WilCD  loIl-  -  -  log 


jears  shall  <ease  tomave 


iSBiS^SpiiaSEBS^^ii^liij 


^Ste^iSfeiSi^ll^ll^^l^iil^ 


11=     _ 

The  Air  o/-'  Denmark,"  "  HELMbLEv,""HOTHAM,"  and  other  pieces  af  Madan's  composition,  fin  three  parts  J  were  umttenjor  the 
treble  X'oiees,  and  may  be  so  performed,  or  even  by  tenor  aud  treble  together,  duly  proportioned. 


BETHOrr.     L.  M         Wutfs'  rsulms,  146. 


war.  tvEXs.     07 


Praise  je  the  Lord  nij'  heart  shall  join  In  wort  to  pleasant  »o  divine  Now  while  the  fiesh  is  mine  abode  And  when  my  soul  ascends  totiod 


iiSliiSOiliiiaiifflisSSliiilFJ 


SIS"^ilSl^iBieiPiSill 


zrrs: 


-kt: 


J 


EASTFOBD.     L.  M.         Tsalms  68.     Tate  &  BvMu.         french. 


rf^^^J 


;ns± 


e^^fei^H^illSSiigsi 


:Si=i 


^zi:s:zs;:i 


iiiiiilili^lMl^iiiiiiiillii 


When  maroliing        to  titjr  bless'd  abode  The  wonder- --- ing    mul- -  -  -  titude  survev'd  The  pompous  state  of  Ihee  our  God        In  roy- 


S^SSiigl^SiiiiiiiiSil^i 


EE^Si^ESElS 


^iig^il^^KliSi^iiiil 


^\^ 


68 


EASTFORB.     Concluded. 


iigi^?illSigli 


Swoet  sing^ug  Ltvites  led  the  van 


Between  both  troops  a  virgin  train 


Si^gg 


•~'"^^^  jiijQiujj  t^n.iit.1.^  n-(i  viic  1*111  xjciwecii  uuui  ti-oojjs  a  vii-gin  nam 


I>ou(l  instruments  bro't  up  the  rear 


1       -    -    p1     majeny     ann^'J 


With  Toice  &  tim- 


AVith  voice  anil  timbrel  cliRrm  the  ear 


SLiMiiiifiiiiias^iSg^^iM 


f=~^T  aTji:! 


£te 


Efc*ri^^x 


it: 


1  -»-■-  2  -r»- 


ffil 


F-f-p-rf-|V-r^T-P>Tl^ 


— P^I--U-L-i-! U-t— 


1  2 


i^Siii 


siliiiiliil 

r    ThU  was  the  burden  or" their  son_x        In  Tuil  ai 


brel  (.harm  I'ne  eor    This  vias  the  buiueii  ortiicir  son.?        In  I'uli  ass^mljlics  bless  the  Lord  All  who  to  Israel's  tribes  belong        The  God  of  Israel's  praise  record 


tt- 


i^PJ^^Jg^gf^g^^fpTi^fl^sg^ 


s=s=; 


EASTER  AXT HEM.         Young's  Xight  Thoughts,  ^^o.  Mh.       voi.  biixtngs.     69 

"fiiiiiiiiili 


*t 


Hal-  le-  -  lu-jah 


The  Loni  is  kc 


:&■- 


^^Sgi^^SiiSiil^l 


Halle-  -  lu-  jnli 


tM^^-:^ 


The  Lord  is  ri-        sen  in-        deed 


^l^lifelSSl'^il^^^iliiiiiili 


Now  ia 


If: 


±ts;^±tz£Zt±±i[z±p:HJ:^.3id:tJi_=-±:zrE 


Mow  is  Christ  risen  he. 


^I^^i 


Christ  risen  from  the  dead  and  become  the  first  fruits  of  them 


^SlS^^ifeS: 


.i^Sl^-^i^^^^S^gS^lSS 


tiati  slept 


?o 


KiSrm  AKrnEM.     Continued. 


And                    And 
Halle  :,:  .  ..  j:j  l.    •_.        „  ._ /^ •_. 


a^siiiisiEi 


-t«r 


And 


did  he  rile        Hear  O  ye  nations 


And 


i^l^i^Sigig 


And 


l^rrT-.---T-^^ T~I~T — i~i iz — ^ — ir^ 


T it T -1- 


Fortissimo 


And  did  he  rise 


And 


§3g3fiBgiiiii^ 


Me  rose  he  rose  Ht  bursT&o.  ^'^ 


Lear  it  O  ye  dead 


^HiOiiiigigi 


Be  burst  the  bars  of  death 


He  bm-st 


and  triumpU'd  o'er  the  grave 


He  burst 


jgfS^Eig^giii 


li^ip^^afe^iiiiiiiiiiisiri 


EASTER  AJ^THEM.     Concluded. 


71 


5PISPsPgg|g=^5P^^gii|igii|iiii|PPgPP 


liiiiliiiili^lSfeiiiiligiiliiilil 


Then 


Then  first  humanity  triumphant  passM  the 


And  seiz'd  e-  -  ler-  nal 


--k-T— 


:||:        I    rose  ^ ^  crystal  iiorts  of  light 


^: 


JHo  tier  ate 


miH^lEisi^^yi^lHii 


iiiigH 


v^#-r 


iKii^gP^gHigi^ili^ 


iHil 


youth 
1  2 


Man  all  immortal  hail 


Heaven  all  lavish  of  strange  gifts  to  man 


Thine  &«. 


ns^n^y^i^ni^n^isgiiisa 


Thine  all  the  glory  roan's  the  boundless  bliss 


iiSi^SiiiSi^asa^Si^a 


72 


EXFIELD.     C.  M 


CHANDLER. 


i^^i^il^^ 


-!»—<■ 


jg^^feja££ilg^P^JB 


iiSiiii^iig^iiiii^lifeSliii: 


Before  the  rosj'  dawn  of  day        To  lUce  my  God  Til  sing  Awake  my  »oft  and  tunefal  lyre        Awake  each  chu'm'mg  string         Awake  and  let  thy 


laasgig^gB 


E 


isi 


^iii^^^i^S 


'^^iii^lpii: 


=^=^=F 


H=r3 


'^^=f 


:lz=pl 


^^H^^H^il^^! 


Egp^El^ggg^^gg^^gi^^ll^^E^^^ 


Sowing  sti'ains    Glide    lliro'    the  midnight    aii-  While      high    amidst  her        silent  orb  The  sil- ver  moon  rolls  clear 

1 


i^iimiSiiiiaiinp 


IliiJigiijglii^ii^^^pPii^il^Bl 


EXETEB.     a  M.         Hymn  2,  Book  2. 


73 


''^^igg^^^^Hiiigiigiyilaiiii 


PI 


My  tho'ts  on  awful  tubjeets  roll        Damnation  &  the  dead            AVhat  horrors  seize  a  guilty  soul  Upon  a  dying  bed  Ling'ring  about  this  raoi-tal 

'~  ■   '  ^  '""    ~ Tr— r — I 1 — rm — m — i 1 — n m      -m   wn 1 — ri 1 1 »•" 


^pp^|^^r||g|||!jg||||2p| 


iiiSiliiaSSiSiSiiiiiiiil^iiiiii 


^^iS^^^ 


5iz±=E=t;:zt: 


g|^^i^^|J^:|JErEJp 


fei^iii^Biiiiiii^^iPiiiiiJ^^^Ji 


tliore  She  makes  a  long  de —  lay  'Till  like  a  flood  with  rapid  wave        Deatli  sweeps 


the    wreteh  a-    -    way 


^ 


i=gz3pztzi: 


k^- 


=*=¥= 


Death  sweep- 


xi-z3d 


■1    ~M— It 


fe^ 


:ii~„za~ 


74. 


FIDVCM.     C.  M         Hymn  03,  Book  2. 


J.    ROGEUTSON. 


;iJiiiiiiiiiiiii^iiiiliiiigiiiiiSiii 


Hai k  from  the  tombs  a  ilolcfnl  soimd     >I ine  e.iis  uttenil  tht  cry     "  I'rincts  this  elay  must  be  your  bed      In  spite  of  all  your  tow'rs 

"  Ye  living  men  come  view  the  ground     W  lure  you  must  shortly  lie  The  tall  the  wise  the  reverend  hesd     Must  lie  as  low  as  ours 


iiiiiiEeifSliiliiii^^iiiglliligEliii 

KilllFIKLT).     C.  M  JFutIs'  I'salms,  89.  hitchcock. 


mm^m^^^m^^^m^^^^m^ 


WitK  rev'rence  let  tlie  eait.ts  aiipear        AjkI  iiow  beSbiie  tlie  Lord  His  liiyli  commands  with  rev'i-ence  hear  His  high  commands  And  tremble  at  his  w,or<l 


S 


xr- 


T3- 


l^^iSim'Sl^liiEiigli 


iiiiiiliiiSiiSiiil'giiisiiSiiijgiagB^ 


FEIV  IIAPrY  MATCHES.     V.  M.  or  8,  0.      Walts'  ii.  Lyncu.         cuane.     75 


Say  mighty  love  ami  te;Ach  inj'  song 


^Vhose  yielding  iiearts  and  joining  hands 


glglrti^Kis 


!^i£&ff££ 


-+-I- 


p-i»-^;- 


1 — r 


iillilMr 


To  whom  my  sweetest  joys  belong 


Find  blessings  twisted  with  iheir  bands 


-o  .  And  who  the  happy  pairs  ^osoften  all  then- cares     ^ 


.^^l^lWii^iiSiigii^^feSfii]'iiiilli 


J.  SMITH. 


r'T^~D~ 


FUJS^ERAL  THOUGHT.     C.  M.         Hymn  63,  Boo/e  2. 


-w-^ 


s—S- 


Uaik  from  the  tombs  a  doleful  sound  Mine  ears  attend  the         cry    "  Ye  living  men  come  view  the  grouna         Where  you  must  shortly         Be" 

p|liillpipililiiiilili-=ii^l"^i 


i*=S 


■=pz: 


iiiii^ii^Si?^£iii^^il' 


76 


^=1135:: 


FVXERM.  J^rniEM.         Kev.  Chap.  14,  ver.  13. 


^z?Sir2di 


^^i^i^ie 


BILLINGS. 


1  2 


1  2 


i^ii^ 


I  t.eard  .1  great  voice  from  heav'u        Saying  unto  me 


Write  from  henccfoitii     Write  Write  Blessed  are  they  who  die  in  the  Lord 


liliiiiilii^g^i^l^igSS^MIi^ 


iii^iPpiiiiiillilK^iSi^i^g^ 


^ll^iElils 


t?SgE?E3^£BS 


Ezcis::: 


mmmmim^^^^mimm 


Yea        saitli  the  spirit        For  they     rest  For  they        rost  For  they        rest  For  they        rest  from  their  labours  from  their  labours 


-^^^m^^^m^^m^^^ 


i[3^iiii^lil^ie?liiii^SiMi^^^lia 


FUJ^ERIL  AJ^THEM.     Condmkd. 


77 


^^^^^^mm^m 


t 


f==p=i5^sj 


from  their  labors  and  their  woi'ks  which  do  follow    follow  :] 


:J:     which  do  follow  them 


which  do 


fpl-  low 


them 


^lillSHBi 


Ps^ 


GAJ^GES.      8,  8,  6.  8,  8,  6. 


£i 


SS^iS 


OF?; 


•■=-p 


TFflffs'  If.  Lijrica. 

m. 


H — I 


Hil 


i 


i^iS^nMii 


E331 


^EK^S 


w 


I- 


Why  should  our  joji  transform  to  pain  Why  gentle  Hymen't  tilken  chain  A  plague  of  iron  prove 

-tr-i-'^--i— iT-i--]-r^ 


S^i 


EUewhtre  called  "  The  Indian  J'hilotopher.' 


S^ 


J, n  that  binds  Millions  of  hands  should  leave  their  minds  Atsucli  a  loose  from  love 


78 


GETUSEMA.YE.     P.  M.     8,  7. 


r- 


Vv'OOD, 

9- 


^^m^^mnmsmwmmmmmmmm 


Great  high  prieU  v.c  view  ihce  stooping  With  our  names  uiion  thy  breast 


"Weeping  angels 


-::t:dz±=!!Z±»i^ 


Id  the  ^rden  groaning  drooping  To  the  gi-ound  with  son-ow  press' J 


iiigi^iigiiiiiiiyiiiiE|§iiggg3iEiiEii 


w:f. 


IPiiilii^liiigp^iilMiiliiiiiiils 


I      atood  confounded  To  behold  ilieir  maker  thus  And  shall  we  remain  unwounded  When  we  know  'twas  all  for  us  When  we  &€ 


:iiiiiiiiiliiiiiMiigiiPiigS^ili! 


GLOUCESTEH.  L.  M. 


MILGUOVE.       7'.) 
1).  C. 


11  y inn  1.1,  Hook  2. 

iliiiiSliiii^ii^^imiy^llilll^liiiilS 

Far  from  iny  tlio'ts  v:i'm  w orld  begone  Let  my  re-    li-  -  gious  hours  alone  Fuin  wotilJ  ni^  cj es  mj-  Saviour  see  I  wait  a  i isit  Lord  fioni  lliee 


i^-m. 


~=3. 


'^1-- 


^ 


:::^=f 


By  repeating  thejirst  part  of  this  tune  it  way  be  suii^  to  6  times  8. 

GROVE,  P.  M.  Watts'  J's«?»js,  84. 


miTON  s  eoLLr.cTiojj, . 


Lord  of  the  worlds  above  How  pleasant  is  how  fair  The  dwellings  of  thy  love  Thine  earthly  temples  are  To  thine  abode  my  heart  aspires  With  warm  desires  to  see  my  God 


'^m 


^BHigiSllil^iiiiteilS 


^ifeps 


l^zz: 


IS 


P~ 


8U 


GREENFIELD.     F.  M. 


6  times  8. 


EDSON. 


iiiiililigi|gg;Migig 


=F«^ 


;mE3 


iliSSS^siiiigaiii^isls^iiyi 


Goil    is    our  refuge  in  (listless     A     i>rcsent  help  when  dangers  press  In  him  undaunted  we'll      con-    fide 


ilMlliiii^giilifciiiiji^^i^illii 


^iiiiii:^iiiiiiiiii^i^iiiiiiiiiiPi^i^ 


Tho'  earth  were  from  lier  centre  tossed  And 


:^Sgi|pgpi=il=p 


zmtEM. 


^=^'=P==p: 


iiiiillrilli^iiS^M 


jj  Though 


lifililglilii^iiiiiieiligiiiil^giiil 


Torn 


iil^l^m^^iil 


\^^^. 


^=is^^§ 


Q- 


iitazi 


iiHB^^ 


roountaim  in  the        o-    -    caan  lost    Tom  pieceoiciJ  by  the    roar-  ing        lide    Tom  itc. 


GREENWICH.     L.  M. 


rifli/s'  Fsahns,  73. 


1>.    UEED.       81 


'^s|yggi|*r*|gigP|g=iiyi|lgi 


*  _p-*-. 


^m^^m 


5=3:::! 

:pt: 


iliiiiliieiigiiiiES 


Lord  V  hat  a  thouglitlesa  wretch  was  I        To  moum  and  murmur  and  re-  -  pine        To  see  the  wicked  plae'd  on  high        In  pride  and  robes  of  honor  shme 


igliSiiHSiiP 


si^i-i-— 


iim^iip 


^» 


■'-^ 


iilsisSiiiiteiiii?=^ 


L 


'^^S^M 


^^^1^ 


But  O  their  end  their  dreadful  end  Thy  sanctuary  taught  me  so 


SSiiPiiiiiiiiiiiSil 


On  slip'ry  rocks  I  see  them  stand  And  fiery  billows  roll  below 


^^. 


fc^gj^^ly^^l^^j^^^ig 


t-B-- 


-a- 


Etzr?d:?=a#Jt, 


iliiii 


m. 


^ 


Ob 


szrrx: 


;7ftz^iEz:^i:i 


-M 


fczpgzji^ljjrliij- 


83 


r= 


IMJS'JJELS  HI  MX. 


?4:=i--^ 


l^lsiSS^ii^Sirg 


How  wond'rous  lils  giace  how  amazing  his  !ove 


G.  F.   HANDEL, 


m^m 


And  he  laid  down  his  life  to 


ifiiiiliiiiEiliiilggiiSg^giiSg 


A\hei)  Jesus  our  Saviour  carae  down  fi  ora  above 


His  dear  blood  as  a  ransom  for  sinners  hf  spilt 


liiiiiliiilillgiiliigggiSlliiiiaii 


atone  for  our  guilt 


He  hung  on  the  tree  that  all  might  be  free  if  on  him  they  rcly'd 


Inviting  us  all  tethe 


a=S^|iillS§SiiiiiPigiiil@ 


Thatjust'ce  divine  might  be  well  sat'sfied 


And  now  he  in  Heav'n  sits  pleading  our  peace 


Ulig 


iiiiitiliiiig-iiilSiiiliiil 


if  oil  him  ifu!i  &c. 


HJIXDEL'S  JirMJS',     Concluded. 


83 


^- 


And  in  songs  of  thanksgiving  his  mercies  proclaim 


For  sinners  &c. 


ligjggPp^ffgiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiigli 


Then  let  us  forever  adore  his  deftr  name 


For  sinners  he  b!eJ  when  they  pierced  his  side 


S=3 


^^ 


t5 


*a: 


E 


fcfe 


±i 


Ancl  he  bore  bore 


iE^^£o?!fS; 


bore  &c. 


pzJJigjfizjrjfS^pfe^: 


t^^^--^- 


SiiiiiiliBH 


i^^gS^ii^fei^^jgiSiiiiiiilH 


bore        :||:  bore  all  our  guilt  whentosaveos         to  saTe  u»  he  dy'd    dy'd  ij:        :|I:        to  save  us         to  save  us  lie  dy'd        he  dy'd  dj'd 


kore 


-^ 


-i^ 


Wheo  tajare  us 


to  save  us  to  save  us  he  dy'ii  When  to  Sic.  beilj'd     he  dy  d        dy'd 


84 


HARTFOKB.     L.  M.  Wnlts^  I'snlms,  S4. 


fiiliiiiggiiiiiiiSili^iliiiiSli 


CABPENTER. 


iiiilliilliiiii^liiiifeJiililfefei-1 


Thus  si)acions  earth  is  all  the  Loiil's  And  men  anJ  worms  :ind  beaus  and  birds    He  rals'd  the  building  Oii  the  seas    And  gave  it  for  their  dwelling  place 


lil^JigiliiiiigSiigi^^igS^lli 


But  thiiie'ss  bi-ighter  world  00  high        Thjr  palace  Lord  abo-e  the  sky  Who  shall  a<cend  that  blest  abode  And  dwell    so    near    his    Maker        God 


UAMPrOX.     8's. 


LEACH.       85 


"  Thou  shenhenl  of       Israel  and  mine        Tlje  ioy  and  de-  sue  of-  ray  heart  ^_^  ^ ^  ^..^ 


Thou  shepherd  of        Israel  and  mine        The  joy  i 


3-p--©- 


For  do-  ser  com-  ma-  nion  .  I  pine        And  long  to        re-side  where  thou  art 


That  pas-  ture  I  languisli  to  find  "^^Vliere  all  who  their  shepi 


iisippEii.=s5sgiiii^Eiiii|giiiiii^^ 


■^SE^EsiE^; 


■ — © — ©■ 


-t=- 


m^ 


:ciz2^ 


iiilP 


=©=F 


'^ 


l^paz  —I"  ^^"pTpTJZii: 


1^ 


herd     o-  -    bey     Are        fed        on        thy    bosom  re- -  clinM  And  streen'd  from        the  heat      of  the  day 


nzzz 


'^^^^^^^m^m 


^ 


fei=t 


e— - 


I 


zinna: 


^H 


-M 


86 


JIELMSLET.     T.  M.     S's,  7-8,  4's.  hippon,  373. 


MADAN. 


^ 


Lfl  he  Cometh  countless  trumpcU        Blow  before  the  lloody  sija  Hallelujah  :([:  tl: 


Welcome    :||:    bleeding  Lamb 


mS: 
i—-^ 


sue 


t^ 


±^ 


IPi^ii^agli 


N   I     N    -L\— 


rf: 


Midst  ten  tliousand  saints  and  angels  See  the  cruci-  .  fi-  ed  shine 

Ul^SBJiLE.     C.  M.         Fsalm  16.  ver.  3.  holyokb. 


3^J_ 


^gl^l^^gl^E^J^sSgJMi 


iHHr 


Thy  co'jrts 


Thou  wilt  reveal  the  paths  of  life        And  raise  me  to  thy  throne 


gm^^igi^giiii^iiiii 


Thy  courts  immortal  pleasures  give  Thy  presence  joys  unknowa 


iHHiSiiii&liS 


^- 


lis: 


Thy  courts  immertal  pleasures  give 


ggiPliiffF^^4ffiroiroQp^; 


•  -  •  -  sence  &c. 


Thy  pre sence  &c. 

■i~7's:: 


JWLLIS.     a  M.         Watts'  H.  Qi,  Booh  2.  87 


^pgteiffiiii^ii 


^ 


■^ 


PrP^rF 


EF 


glg^^pjji 


— U-^-l B 


My  soul  come  meditate  the  day         And  think  how  near  it  sUnds  When  thou  must  quit  this  house  of  clay  When  thou 


.i^Hliig^igiilg 


e£a=HiE 


"~c±E:[:r" 


i: 


When  tljou  And  fly  to  unknown  lan'is 

ST.  HUMPHREYS.     C.  M.         Psalm  98. 


'i^ggSHrfl^lgligi^giiiSiMim^ 


fcT^^ad 


i^H 


m 


^=s 


-m— ^ 


iiiiiiii-=iiigEg|ii 


Joy  to  the  earth  the  Saviourreigns         Let  men  their  songs  employ         While  iielilsand  floods  rocks  hills  &  plains  Re-  peat  the  sounding  joy 


i^liliiteiiifiililiiiM^i^ 


?ii 


:^i^mxi=:^: 


t&m^m. 


Mmm^^^MBMw 


88 

r- 


[^lEggP'' 


HUJVTIXGTOX.     L.  M.         Watts'  Psalms,  73. 

_^=^ T 


MOEGAN. 


iiiSHiiliffiiii^Si 


-X- 


dreadful  end 


liiiiliiiiil^iiii^liiMliiiii^^li 


Lord  H'liat  a  llio'tless  wretch  was  I        To  mourn  &  murmur  fc  repine         To  see  the  wicked  plac'd  on  high        In  pride  &  robes  ofhonor  shine        But  O  their  ead  their 


liiirliiliilPiiil: 


But  O 


gJliiiiiggigiiaimiiiiMslite^ 


rfHTT 


But 

I  — 


p^^; 


-^ 


'^^ 


llii 


But 


^^ 


:l 


l-I. 
I 


But 


: -n—r 


On  slip'ry  rocks    I     see     them  stand         And  fiery  billows 


ifiU         below 


I  their  dreadl\>l 


lie 


But 


■-P^mm^^- 


as 


Bm 


ZOIZ 


zz^m. 


tliy  sanctuary  tau't  me  se        But 


Bffil 


szrs 


P'OE^ 


es 


HOTKiM.    7's. 


RippoH,  3 O.J 


MAD  AN.       89 


^iiMiiliiiS§iiiiii 


Jeausloverof  my  soul        Let  me  to  thy  bosom  fly  While  the  nearer  waters  roll        While  the  tempest  stHl  is  nigh         Hide  me  O  my  Saviour  hide 


^iSiSgiiiiiiiiiSiiiigili^Sg 


m=^ 


M 

If: 


iSi 


wzm. 


;^ 


)»c— k 


::?: 


-^ 


iepiSilll.iiia^iiil 


'Till  the        storm  of    life    is    past 


Safe  in- to  thy    haven        guide        O         re- ceive         O      re--ceive         O        re--ceive    my  soul  at  last 


M 


il^giiiglilgSiiiiiiiiilH 


^^ — k 


k— k 


-@         -# 


iiiSiiiiiPii 


El^ 


ii^iH 


K- 


90 


Kev.  Chap.  7,  ver.  9.  JIEAVEJS^LY  VISIOJS'.         «ev.  eiiap.  i5,  ver.  11.         frlkcu. 


psii^iiisiiiiii 


p-©- 


I     beheld  kc. 


i^EiiigiliHi^ 


Thousands  Stc. 


Tliousands  &c. 


iiililiiliiliiS^_ii^il-liiiiliiiiili^| 


)~H|iieEI: 


1  bohcli]  and  lo 


it^t 


A  threat  muUHmle  which  no  man  could  number 

iiiiH 


Thoasands  &c. 


Thoiis  &c. 


gzc 


1 


■zt' 


Thoiisaiida  kc. 


Eiiiiiil 


Tbotis:inds  &c. 


!:i=il^i=llliiiiii&ri?siliiiiiiiiii§^i^i 


Thousands  ot'ihousantls  Thousands  kc. 

and  Rn  times  thousanOs 


'I'housands  kc 


Hevclafioiij  Chap.  7?  ver.  9, 


Scood 

giilii^lllilii^iliiii 


Sii^^li 


I'housand  kc. 

tr br kr-Tlfcr-k-k-|k- 


Thousands  kc. 


And  they  had  palms    in  their  hands    Ami  they 


liiiiiiii^il 


Tiiousands  ike. 


IPillii^ili^illfillliiglillliriil 


Tf»ousa^^ls  kf. 


Stood  be-    fore        the  Lamb 


Rev.  Cliap.  4,  ver.  8.  HEArE^'LF  FZSIOJV.     Continued. 


91 


i^zP:=--r-^zi 


m 


PSSiis 


cease  not  day  or  night  say-  ing 


Holy 


Lord  God  Al-  mighty 


Which         was  and  is  and      is  to  come      WliicU 


ii^zH^ilK^iiili 


s-^- 


lilsiEgiiiilgii 


iilil 


'-^-^T- 


pzp: 


4;^ 


^^ 


pz^ 


■^^± 


iiiiili 


E 


^ms^ 


ilii 


Eevelation,  Chap,  8,  ver,  13. 


ff: 


i^feig^iBiii-S^ii^iiS"^^iili 


^szfczliEZiazid 


iMiH^^^ii 


^-— pt 


■was  Sec. 


And  I  heard    a    mighty  angel 


fij- 


ing 


in  the      midst    of 


ISHiSll^^iiSiii^iPiSli^^ 


s-r-± 


liPMllli^SiliPiii^iitiiii 


/ 


03 


Chap.  8,  ver.  13. 


UKiVEJ\*Lr  riSWJS\     Contimitd. 


beav'n    ciy-  irg  with  a  loud  voice 


Wo  :|1: 


be  nn-  to  the  eiiith  by  reason  of  the  trumpet  which  is 


:=y^ElE^ill^i^^iiSiSii^iiSiiiii^liiS 


iKZZzEzrrr: 


-t-F^-x 


EE^r 


'^. 


;ilgiiiiiliia 


Revelation,  Chap.  6,  ver.  1.1. 


yet  to  sound 


tEtt 


J 1 1 ^ -L 


■&r-^^^^T 


The  jieat  men  ami  nobles  rich  men  and  poor        bond  and        free  g-.i- ther-    -    ed  themselves  to-ge- ther  and 


ilsgJiii|iE;g||gggg;Piggjg|ilfig|iS§P 


'z;:zpzz±tz^Jpztzt±Sz^±^-'--i-F-H~±z^-; 
;,zc:zJz_^±5_zlfz!z3fdlz:tztz:±r-Z3iZ:3±.Pz::cffz^-' 


An'.l  when  the  iast  tvumpf  t  souridt-d 


ii^Sgiiiil 


Rev.  Chap.  6,  ver.  16 — 17. 


UEAVEXLY  riSIOX.     Concluded. 


f),i 


©-•• 


^iMH^E^IiiSaill 


-Si-b:-Tk- 


ii^z^z^EET-p-Y-^zizSzozT-p^-^^-^-f^p: 


IB 


li^iiiiiiiiiii 


cry'd  -.i:  to  the  rocks  and  mountains  to    fall    up- on  them  and  hide  them  from  the  face  of    Him  that  sitteth  on  the  throne 


m 


ISZTC 


s 


g^lg"^l^^|^^3i 


For  the  gieat  day    of  his 


■5;--- 


il: 


Siiiil^ilftS^iSi^lliiiigiiliP 

Bevelation,  Cliap.  6,  ver.  17- 


^E^kilfe^^fe^ 


£: 


4- 


^giigl^^ii 


,E»     p: 


-h— t 


wrath  is    come  And  flho  shall  be  able        to 

3—^ 


stand 


And  who    shall    he  a-  -  tie  to 


stand 


-ss: 


-I — wizizpz: — 3ii£__u— :_in 


3E 


Ili^^liE^il^^^ 


-ij    « 


9-* 


iaHSi^iii^ 


ISLE  OF  WIGHT.     C.  M. 


3_     _  3 


Psahn  39. 


TANSUR. 


— -p 


HiHilirsgiiJ 


||^|sii|jg|giglg|||r^^^:pQgpgp-^g|g|p^ 


m 


A    span    13        all  that    we    can  boast  An  incli  or    two  of  time  Ma»  Ij  but  vao- i- ty  and  dust  In  all  his  ftowV  »nd  prime 

npizpittiTTi 


E^HiiSSi^^ggggi^gSi-^^^ 


ia-jj_ 


IRISH.  C.  M.         Watts^  E.  72,  Booh  S.  williams. 


=^=F^'Frrf"rTft 


m 


i^HiiHiai 


Blest  morning  whose  young  dawning  rays     Behold    tlie  Son  of    God   A-  -  rise    tri-    umphant      from  the   grave       And  leave  his  dark  a-  -  bode 


:&=! 


L-^: 


l^^^^l^ 


sz: 


gggiliEiiiii 


^MS 


ilSilliifafcBgil^^gtfeCT 


i— -^irzE 


I^riTATIOJ^.^     L.  M.         Hymn  7 S,  Book  i,  last  verse.         kimbaix.     95 

iiililigigiilitegiiiiiiiSlilill^ 


1^^-"^ 


:t=: 

Come  my  beloved  haste  away  Cut  short  the  hours  of  thy  delay  Fly  like  a  youthful  hart  or  roe  Over  the  hills  where  sjMCes  grow 


iis^iiiigiiiiiipipl^iiipiigi 


52 


^m: 


E 


Fly 


if — ^ 


m 


-3- 


Fly  &c 


■•    -    ver  the  hills  &c. 


Over  kc. 


^iiiiiiiiiL^iiSiil^^l^li: 


SglS^^ 


Fly  like  a  Sec. 


.lE^E^El^iiiiiiiiis^iiisE^^ 


mm 


Over  &tc. 


iizsztzg 


I 


I^^-it 


*  Taken  ei  fubliihcii  i>i/  Holdenfrom  the  liural  Ilurmimtj. 


96 


JORD.iXi     C.  M. 


The  Jirt,:  part  of  this  treble  omitted  in  some  bouls. 


^ill^il^El^Eigi^te 


Walls'  H.  GG,  liuok  2. 

lii 


>VM.  BILIilNGS. 


^laiigEggi-^ipj 


p-p- 


i-A-r-U. 


imisiil 


i&— f©- 


asfe 


There  is  a  land  of    pure  de-  light  Where  saints  immortal  reign 


In-  finite  day  ex-  eludes  the  night        And  pleasures  baaish        pain 


XT-' 


m^mm^ 


^m^^^^^m 


(^liiiii-Sigiil 


ir=? 


^^lllill^^ni^Hl 


p-F^*-l 


'^A 


W^'-'P=^ 


n--i3:-l 


saH 


3=illllilililliiiii 


— -p- 


1^— (9- 


^-© 


^CTirogg 


Sweet  fields  beyond  the  swelling  flood  Stand  dress'd  in  living  green  So    to  the    Jews  old  Canaan  stood  While  Jordan  roU'd    between 


Si^lSiiiglii^liliiiiii^ilSSiJi 


lliliiilSiiS^iiiiiiii^Sig'ipi 


N.  SIIUMWAY,       97 
©1 


JUJDGMEJS'T.     C.  M.  Waits'  Fsalms,  50. 


The  Loiil  the  Judge  before  his  tluone  Bids  all  the  earth  draw  nigh 


And  near  the  western  sky        Thron'd  on  a  clou.l  our  God  shall  come 


l^iliSiSiiiiiii^Sjiiiii^liEgSil 


The  nations  near  the  rising  sun 


liritjlit  flames  pre^iare  his  way 


N 


^^mimmM^^iwmMm^Mm^^ 


Tbunder 


ThuriLier 


rti  under 


iMilil^ilii»iliillsiii»e^iiiii^ 


Thonder  Thnndei-^  ___, _j    _i ._ |!>.K.   _        — ^^         __    _    _ 

rhunder  Thunder  Thunder  thunder 


-sLhhn. 


Thunder  •  Lead  Lead  Fhunder 


I'hunder  •  Lead 

Tfeunder  and  darkness  fire  and  storm      Lead  on  the  dreadful  day 


ys 


JUBILEE,     v.  M.     6's  t^-  8's. 


Bippon,  57. 


BIJOWNSON. 


ffiiE 


rg^liiliiii;giigl|glii=gS^^i 


Esaj 


igfiigiiiigligi^ig^gggii^Pi 


i»-»»F]^i 


i 


Blow  ye  the  trumpet  blow 


The  gladly  solemn  sound 


The  yeai"  of  jubilee  is  come        Uelum  ye  ransomM  sinners 


i;iiiiiSliiiigl|l^li!iiS]^^iiiii! 


Blow  &c. 


\^^m 


Let  all  the  nations  know        To  e.iitli's  remotest  bouud 


home 


»rKV-( 


nzjsr.z 


ft 


P. 


ail 


laXDERUOOK.     CM.  Watts'  H.  ii  4:,  liook  2.     ^  dr.  arnoi-d. 

tr. 


iiiliiliiSfgiliiiaiilliPiliil? 


I  sing  mj-  Saviour's  wond'rcus  deuth  He  conquered  «lien  he  fell  'Tis  finisliM  said  his  dj  ing  breath  And  shook  the  gates  of  hell 


paaiiililii=:iiliiiiisg^piii^a 


The  treble  of  this  piece  tnav  be  performed  bu  tenor  voices. 


KIXGSBRmGE.     L.  M. 


Walls^  Fsalms,  139. 


U9 


^^^^iil 


li^^m 


=^9- 


I 


Lord  tliou  hsst  scai-eh'd  and  seen  me  tliro'        Thine  eje  coraraiuids  w  ith  piercing  view        My  rising  &  my  resting  hours        My  heart  &  flesh  with  all  their  power* 


iM^iim'gSi^S^iiiii^gig 


s2l35p: 


l[~^ 


~z:fez:=: 


,5p: 


SeS 


m 


lt3L^^„-. 


g?" 


m 


nzzqrzlizzzri- 


lEill^lMUMfil 


ISMt 


^^s 


ifi 


->>l — 


gff^= 


ISi^^ 


KIJ^GSWOOB.     7's.         iJi/)jJOJi,  240.  j.  peck. 


^ — !^ 


P^ 


1&-S- 


^-& 


iiii^i 


> pi- 


Children  of  the    hcav'nly    king  As  you  journey  sweetly  sing  Sing  your  Saviour's  worthy  praise  Gkiious        in        his      works  and  ways 


il^: 


-.-S¥ b.-£.-A— T-^ 1 


zH: 


II  =::rf:±rztz 


&iiiSii^iili^ff:lii&liiilli 


(' 


100 


KlTTEliY.     C.  M. 


BIL1.IXGS. 


iHiigiigii^iliiiii^iii^iililliEligi^i 

'  Thy  Our 

iiSMlilfJIIiiillili^iliSliiiSii 

Our  Father  who  hi  lieaven  art        All  hallow'd  be  tliy  name  Thy  kingdom  come  tliy  will  be  done  1  hroughout  this  eartlily  frame 

Siiiiiiliiliilii^l^iSlilii-SiSii 


;  _- —  y -y^ — js       H-|» ^^-f- — I — j rn~— - 


Our 


li'i^iliii^illiillPiiiiilili^iSiiiilili 


:iliiililiiliiiiliiii|igliiiiEgiiiiiill 


Tliv 


EEr^fE^EiEiEiSStztii^liz: 


fliilli^PJiiiiiiiiiiiEllipilpl 


•r"~^r7~'~r;TT   r~~      M — i — ^j    r  — '^— — ♦ r~W — 1~ 


F — P- 


ipr^^^-ii: 


LJMBERTO^.     S.  M.  WaUs'  I'salms,  53. 


N.   SHUMWAY.        10  I 

1  2 


Since  Since 


iliiilSigllilliliii^ 


^«p 


Since 


1  1 


t^^i:^ 


The  Lord  my  shepherd  is    I  shall  be  well  supply'd     Since  he  is  mine  and  1  am  his 


What  shall  I  waiit  beside 


I  2 


^: 


Since  _      Since 


Since  What 

LEBAJS'OJS'.     C.  M. 


BILLIKGS. 


Hymn  63,  Book  2. 

piiiilli^ililiiililiitiiiiiiiiii|iliS 

Haik  from  the  tcnits  a  dolcl'ul  sound        Mine  ears  attend  the     cry  "  Ye  living  men  conae  view  the  ground        Where  jou  must  shortly      Ue" 


[sSgiiiiiBiiip^JiiiiPiiftiill! 


lU! 


A, 


:& 


*- 


LOJ'EK^S  LAME^TATIOJ^.     C.  M.  Hymn  107,  Book  2 


ijg^iiigiliiisiigiiiiigii 


in 


iS: 


That  awfuUlay  will  surely  come    Th' appointed  hour  makes  haste    When  I  must  stand  before  my  Judge    And  pan  the  solemn    test    Thou  lovely  chief  of  all 


Siiiiigiliii^iiiiiili 


:it: 


Sl^ 


lliiTgiilSig^Mfe^iiis^llll^l 


myjoysTliousov'ieignofmyheart    How  could  I  bear  to  hear  thy  voice     Pronounce  the  sound  "  Depart"    The  thunder  of  that  dismal  word  Would  so  torment  my  ear 


Hi?lH^lisrElilllilli^ilfiiiigii^g§i 


LOVERS'  LdMEJ^TATIOJS'.     C'ondmled. 


103 


■^^l^llli^illl^iS 


What  to  be  banish'd  from  thy  sight 


iigSiiiiiilii^lilliS^iiiillMiyililii] 

And  yet  forbid  to  die  To  linger  in   eternal    pain 

sisiiiMimiSiiiiii] 


'T would  tear  my  soul  asunder  Lord  Willi  most  tormenting  fear 


i^eI^ 


1  2 


iiirJiiil^giggiigSiaCiiiiiiil^irJ! 


Yet  death  forever     fly  O  wretched  state  of  deep  despair     To  see  my  God  remove  And  fix  my  doleful  station  where     I  must  not    taste    his    lovo 

1 2 


if^i^iiiigiiiiiiiiiiiiiE|iiiii^iiitE3p 


ii^ii^iipii§iii^^^-|^gigiiigi^g 


10-t 


« 


UTTLETOJW     1\  M.     or  8,  7,  4. 


Bippon,  5/5. 


WILI.IAMS, 


'pifiEigiligiliiiiil^liii?^I^J_^i^Eiili 


Lo    lie        cometli  ,  jjf^     countless  trampcts       Blow  before  the        bloody    sign  'Midst  ten    thousand    snints    and     angels        See     the 


H: 


^v:->#-7T l~fc:~^""I~E"£fe — I — ZS3E 


^rr^lzttfc 


liiiiiilii^ilii 


h-i — I 


3 


ndEJEi:^ 


SliiiliiiPjiliiiSS 


^ililElgEliiiiii^liliiliiiiiiSiiiilli 
'  ^i^i^illiiliiililiiMillillfeilllll 


era-  -  -  ci-     -     li-     rd         slilne 


H^lle-    -     lujah 


Welcome 


bleeding      Lamb 


CI  - 


^^ 


.3J t.-L. 


:__3Zi_d_4:zd_qzi~  _d_i__._ffi_iz_._qrxzzzzzii~ i~T     zzzizsz  st    .l  _ 

53EljElEiigjEfeyEllE=sii^EiESEliJlE 


;i 


i£ll|iEliiiiiii|giiii|^|i|E|ii^i||iEi±l|i 


LITTLE  MARLBORO.     S.  M. 


Psalm  90. 


WILLIAMS.       105 


fpis^gii^§ii^il^Eliliiil^giii 


E^fe 


:3E 


i-4: 


i-t- 


m 


gi^igiiililliiiiiiiiiiliif 


Lord  what  a        feeble        piece    Is      this  our    mortal        frame    Our  life    how  poor  a        trifle 'tis  That  scarce  deserves  the  name 


;^feii^ii^iiiiiii3iii=iiiiilili!i^ 


ii: 


liliiiiiliiiiigEiiiii^iiiiiiiiiiiiiliii 


o 


Mr.  Law  calls  this  "  Coventry." 

:^1 


CHAPIU. 


..«U-i»- 


ifihS- 


n^ 


LIBERTY  HALL.     C.  M.         Hymn  'j,  Book  3. 

ill 


-(9T=rP-|9 


EEgiEae 


— • 1 ©T 3 1 O-Q-T = 


lEz^riJ 


Alas  and  did  my  Saviour  bleed        And  did  my  sov'reign  die  Would  he  de-  vote  that  sacred  head      For      such  a  worm  as  I 


iiggli^Bligiiiiliiiiii^iiiiigEiiiiii 


mm^^^^Mm^^m^m^^mmi 


106 


LEJS'OX.     P.  M.     6's,  4's. 


Bippov,  37. 


EDSON. 

1  2 


pffillilgl^^iiliiiiiiiii^^lgglill^feH! 


iffi 


ilsSi 


r©T— 2n 


iin^iHiiie^i 


:pibb±b±^iz=r 


Blow  J  e  the  trumpet  blow        The  gladly  solemn  sound        Let  all  the  nations  know        To  earth's  remotest  bound 


li^i^'Si-? 


sIe^I 


The 


l^iigStei^iSilii^iiliigiiiiiiisIs 


The  year  The  year  of  jubilee  Is  come  relura  ye  ranscm'd  sinnei's  home 

LIS  BOX.     S.  M.         Hymn  14,  Book  2.  reed. 


iiriiiiii^iisii^§i^liii^iiiiiiej:i^s 


Mw^0^mm^=^mmmm^^^^^^ 


AVelcome  sw  eet  day  of  rest        That  saw  the  Lord  arise 


Welcome  to  this  reviving  breast  And  these  T»joicing 


lii=^" 


eyes 
1 


HgSiiilii^^iSgii^^^^iai 


^iili^iiffii-3±^il^&iSSiiii:41 


Welcome  to  ttiis 


And  these 


-^ 


72:^ 


MAJESTY.     C.  M. 


Sternhold  i^  Hopkins. 


BILLINGS.       f07 


fifeiii^^gilliP-iiiti&K'i 


T-u*.  I  ft,./»  <i^rno«,!fl,^      r.v^m  ntu^i-A  An.1  K.^«7M  »KAho<it7'na  Tnr\Rt  (ii»h  '  .*     N-..  Tlic    dai'k-    -ocss    of     the     skv 


The  Lord  descended      from  above  And  bow'd  the  heav'ns  roost  high 


The    dark-    -  ness    of     the     sky 

■■■h — r\ — ,— •+!—, — .™— #1 — Ti 


::i=±^^:«fr3=J 


And  un-  -  derneath    his    feet    he  cast 


.l2iS^iiB^^^illiiiiiiiii#ii-^ 


==^lE^^il^tel§^ilii 


n  .._-__ 


mm 


m-M 


m 


T^^ 


^EEE^ 


^.* 


E-S 


P0I 


& 


^-m 


-.•[•' 


^giiflil 


Full  roy.  al.ly  he  rode        And  on  the  wings  of  mighty  winds        Came  flying  all  abroad 


tZlL 


gg^gi 


tSBte 


±z:$= 


il.^glifeiiiSil 


And  on 


f^feF 


k^ 


On  eherubs  k  ob 


108 


MADUID.     P.  M.  or  lO's  ^  ll's 

l^iii§ii|iSPi§ii 


WM.  BILLINGS. 


15S 

Come  sinneis  attend  &  make  no  delay 


Good  news  of  salvation  come  now  &  rece'iTe 


->-♦ 


P>TP' 


Good  news  from  a  friend  I  bring  you  to-day 


B^ 


.-^?:^ 


There's  no  con-iemnation  to  them  that  believe 

-6s 


iH|gi|i|igi|iig|i^giiiigilig^ggigi^  ■ 


fr#= 


MEdR.     a  M. 


Psalm  96. 


WILLIAMS'  COL. 


ii^iiiiii|EiiEii?^^yil^3iigli|3glgl3li 


!jpgpj^p^^-p;|^^^|:fcpE|S^^f=pPp|£g3^|;^3:^-^ 


Sing  to  the      Lord  j  e        distant  lands        Ye  tribes  of  ev'ry  tongue        His  new  diBcever'd  grace  demands  A  new  fc    nobler    song 


W^^i:rzzz3^J— ^±zr:pz±-'g^±z?E?E±5E§=±EE^- 


JClseifhere  called  "  MUd^esexy 


-3Z^ 


^^PIIiESiiSEElE^p 


MELOLM.     P.  M.     01-  10  s. 


Psalm  50. 


aiEKlCK.       109 


s: 


-^3^lil®ifelSli 


0^=-^ 


ilPsiigilliS^lsil 


:s 


^ii::^ 


m-wTm 


W^^=i^ 


ii^i 


^^TqZII 


src 


ilgiiliiiiiii 


The  Lord  the  sov'reign  sends  hU  summons  forth  Calls  the  south  nations  and  awakes  the  north  From  east  to  west  the  sov'reijjn  orders  spread 


^nsigSPegiS^iSiSiiiiii 


[ifeEE^^lSi^^^=^^^ii?iHi^§ii@ii^ 


*: 


piggP^P^Pg|^PPPS||||^|g||g||ji 


HP 


z^zi: 


»* 


:fe^ 


•"■"El 


^iPiiiiilia=iS 


Thro'  distant  lands  and  regions  of  the    dead 


No  more  shall  atheists  mock  his  long  delay 


iilM^ 


^ps 


0r-P 


His  vengeance  sleeps  no  more  behold  the  day 


i^Egg^glgsi^iill^^i^iSiliiii^ii 


110 


^'2'.  .^MRTIXS.     C.  31         Hymn  i,  Book  I 


TAN  St  R. 


pi§^p^|ii=gEg^5 


-azSi 


-&-=- 


^^^^Iggg 


Be- hold  the  glories  of  the  Lamb    Amidst  his  Father's  throne        prepare  new  honors       far  his  name    And  songs  be- fore  unknown 


iiSl^gilliiiiiii^Sil'Sia* 


.iiiiliiii^li^iiii^illKi^fei 

Mr.l,arjcaUslhis"J^orfo!h.-  *~"  '     '     '  ~  ^ 


'=^=P- 


^ 


m 


__^_^^^^^^^^^-     ^-  '^^'         Psalm  149.     Tafe  and  Brady  and  Belknap,     handel. 


pi^iiigiiiii.^S^^iiii: 


assSiHiSiiiSgiigi 


O  praise  j  t  the  Lord  Prepare  your  glad  voice  His  praise  in  the  great  assembly  to  sing  In  their  great  Creator  let  all  men  rejoice  And  heirs  of  salvation  be  glad  in  their  kin; 


m 


.1/r.  A««.  £.„/&  ,/,..■.,  Jlrn„.,..^  "        -—-^-4-^ J. _— J  ..J^i^ i., X_ i— -.Ij-! -i-f-J — -H4-4-J-  — "- 


MILFORD.     C.  M. 


il 


i^^gi 


IVords  by  Br.  Waits.         stevenson.     ill 


M=s^ 


SzS: 


^^gJi^^^gplPPPggglsgiMi 


If  angels    sung    a    Savior's    birth 


Oa  that  auspicious  morn 


We 


■^7-  r-     t-    I         =_  1-^  w  j^  Sa-vior's        :]:  On  ^\  e 


*S  r~    I  r—     BBtar— t-  '  Wc  urpll  mav  ttiiit^tt^  tlip'ii"  uiirth     We 


irt 


^^l^r^z^ 


We  well  may  iiuiuite  tlicir  luifth     We 

-r- 1  — rr-  2  — 1-|- 


Now 


Now 


iiii^ii 


Now 


Now 


-^ 


Now  he  again  is 


bora 


Now 


Now 


¥ 


3Z3: 


HEF 


E? 


^k 


:^ 


^i^^iigiiiiiliBi 


-k-k- 


i 


eI^E 


Now  Now 

Now  Now 


112 


MIDDLETOX  OLD.     P.M.     7's.         Baltimore  coll.  of  Hymns.         buli.. 


Hail  the  ilay       that      saw    him    rise  Ravisli'd    fiom    our     wishful     eyes        Christ  awhile  to  mortals  giv'n 


Piiiii^ilip^ig^ipjiiHri:gi^ii 


Re-    aS'  cends  his  native 


liieiiligill^iiiiiP±=lii4liiiiii^ 


iili 

I  here  the  pompous  triumph  waits  Lift  jour  heads  eternal  gates 


.giiiiiiiiiiEiiliiiiigl^iiiiii 


--T^d^ 


f^. 


AVide  unfiid  the    radiant    scene  Take  the    king  of    glory 


1 


heaven 

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


r-Si 


?35=E 


1 


gill 


if' 


ms 


hi:" 


':s-s:zz: 


l^gE^g 


MIDBLETOX  JS'EJV.    L.  M.         Rippon,  i-iS.  j.  lane.     US 


wot.. 


■\Vbcn  I  the  holy  grave  survey        Where  once  my  Saviour  deign'd  to  lie 


I  see  fulfiU'd  wliat  prophets  say         And  all  the  pow'rs  of  death  defy 


^iiii^^iimiMiyiilii!iSiiiiiiiil 


^t 


nn 


|K~*r 


^ 


31 


zl=q=l53zG:izp_i 


ii^miiiiiiiiii 


p 


MILES  iJJ\"£.     C.  M. 


liippon,  177.  W.  SHRUBSOLE. 


f 


pgs=^y=uibg=fflgi4 


iiigilliiiiiiigiii-iiBi 


Bring  forth  the  royal  di- a- dem        And  erown  him  Lord    of  all 


^53 


K   K   K 


gpEgjifpjipipppgggpciEfmpp^p 


All  hail  the  pow'r  of  Jesus'  name    Let  angels  prostiate  fall 


crown  him 


hwd    of     all 


li^^giliilfciiiiiiiiSliiilSJgil^i 


114 


UEOLFH. 


MOUJVT  PLEASANT.     C.  M.         Hijmn  lio,  Book  i. 

iiiiiiliiiEiiliriiii^iiliiiiiiiiii 


1^1 


There  is  a  house  ret  niatle  wkh  hands 


And  here  my  sp'rit  waiting  stands    'Till  God  shall  bid  it    fly 


Eternal  and  on  biirh  And 


liilliiipiiiiiiligiii^iiiSiiiiiiiii 

And  here 


Aral  And  ■'■      


^^■•^ 


mmwm^mM^^^^^m^^^ 


And  here 


•Fll 


:!i: 


-ttuSi- 


liiiiiliiiiiiiiiiiliiigMllgiiiiliii 

'Till  'Till  Fly  ;y:  :j;:  1,: 


ll^i^ieiiiiiiSiiiiii&ii^iiiiii 

'Till        ■  And  here  :||:  ^l-  -l- 


MOVJ\'T  PLK9SAJS*T.     Concluded. 


■A:  :|!:  .:r-v     'Till 


trn: 


115 
If 


^;=F# 


Till 


,J3_^. 


Efpgpg^igp^liiggg 


B$fe 


liiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


And  here  my  kc 


^ 


{^- 


m 


■k-t 


# 


ig^iiii^gi^l 


MOV^T  EPHRMM.     S.  M.         Rippon,  234. 


p!i.iliii^liiiiiiS^fefei^&-i 


MIT.GUOVE. 


ill 
liilii^iiiiliiiisiii^^iiSiiiiiii! 

'  _i  ^^^B  .....      1  1     _._J      ._      .1.   _      : _£■/>! "._*      n.-.»     I    .-...,1  III. I      ii»''_     _    r-ir      i^tl-iiirr       i_    _     Xl>jlj»» 


S 


Your  harps  ye  trembling  saints        Down  fi-om  the  ^vi^  -  lows  take  Loud  to  the  praise  of  Christ  our  Lord        Bid  »^'-  -  ry  string  .*-  -  wake 


:aS3: 


m 


iiiiS:Slliii^^'^?lii^iiSiiiS 


^fr.  J.a-w  calls  this  "  lielhlekem.' 


116 


mo:kmovtil    c.  m. 


llynm  3,  Booh  2. 


pgl^PPi^g=^§iigil5lii^gSgg^^^ii 


iiil^EliiSii 


~-h 


Why  should  we  mourn  de-     -     part-  ing  friends        Or 


^iiili 


shake        at       death's  ahirns         'Tis  but  the  voi«e  that  Jesvs  sends    To  call  ihcm  to 


liiiliiiggij^ig-^lg^ias^BfeMi 


P- 


igiiiiiiiiiiiiiiipigiii^giifisig^g 


g^tigf^EillPl 


mmw 


zlzP*: 


FE=EE!: 


euM  them  to  call  them  to     his        arms 


ililiiiiiiiiliriiiSrIS 


To        call  them     ;||: 


■©- 


to  his  arms 


•Tis 


giiiiirgiiiilliigLiiiiii^jSiiiep 


MO^TGOMETIY.     C.  M. 


K 


iiiiiliiiffif^ei 


iValts''  Fsaliiis,  (33. 

|Ci:^Ci:i-p;z: 


MORGAN.         117 


iiiH^liiig 


m 


IMIl- 


i 


Early  my  God  without  delay  I  haste  to  seek      My  tUii'sty  spjiit  taints  a-  -  -  -  way 


Without  thy  cheering  grace 


So 


£ffi; 


MmM 


^i.i. 


Siliil^iilSifiieiiMI 


thy  face 


So 


i^iigmgi^^ii 


»^rf^ 


-Si 


3CI 


^m\ 


.€Z.^\ 


Hz: 


§i 


So  pilgrims  &c.  So  pil,  on  ihe  scorching 


Long  Long 


:^Ti:p=*zgzgzipZiig:g 


l-,.i- 


SiiilH 


EES5 


Long  &I.C. 


Long 


s^ilgigiiiii 


1 


,^gSiili;ii-iiaigi^S^i#liililii 


sand  Beneath  a  burning  sky 


l-,ong  for  a  cooling  stream  at  hand        Aiul  they  must  annt  oi  di(; 


118 

If: 


MORXIXG  JITMX.     L.  M. 


WILLIAMS. 


piSi^z^s^^i^^i^^^Sl^^gi^i 


sm 


— ©■ 


Sp^^fS=zEE3^ 


^ffli^iSiSiSiiiiiiiiS 


A\v:,ke     my  soul  a-  -  wake  nic  eves         Awake  my  drowsy  tacuUies  Awake     and  see  the  new  born  W^ht         Spring  from  the  dai-ksome  womb  of  nipht 


f^gjS 


i^^ 


z=S±t=±=p=t=fz± 


g[iSii^liifS"iiiiiiriiiil 


mohetok.   l.  »u 


KNAPP. 


Ss^Sees 


?=T^ 


P-r 


^ 


ffl 


-^— ^— 7 


z: 


e-©re-^T©-PT-Q — 


©T-O-S— re-pT= T T T rS\T~^~g~T^'S:T^l~ 


B'  ^^ 


^ 


O  may  tliy  church  thy  turtle  dove        Mournful  yet  chaste  thy  pity  move        To  birds  of  prey  expose  her  not  Tho'  poor  too  dear  to  be  forgot 


^Sl^^^SiiiiilglilEiliiEi^E^ggi 


llzirg 


MONTREAL.     L.  M. 


W.  EVENS.        1  19 


Gotl     is  gone     up    our        Lord  &  king        With  shouts  ofjoy  &     trumpet  sound        ^tfliim  repeated  praises  siiag        And  let  the  c'.ieerful  song  rcbounti 


iSliiiii^ililiil 


iPJiiSiigiiiiigiiiiiiiiiiiliS 


MUNICH.     L.  M. 


Rippon,  73. 


GERMAN. 


Sl6W. 


:ei5C 


IPSi 


SiSJ 


-s■^ 


^2r:rrizipiti-4:J[i;rltrlzl4ztzir!^i=rripr:ir~aizzzirzii:ip-ci:f:-L_j_: 

Tis    finish'.!  so  tlie  Saviour  cri'd        And  meekly  bow'd  his  head  and  di'd        'Tis  fiuish'dyes  the  racels  ran        The  battle  fought  the  vlctVy  won 


saieq 


t^^^^m^^^^miMmm^mMm 


aiiiiliilSlii&lllSlStSiftliili 


120 

r — — 


MORrUEUS.     C\M. 

^ w. 


WEST. 


Death  with  his  warrant  in  his  hand        Conies  lurking  on  amain        We  must  obey  the  summons  then 


We  must  8ie. 


i^iii^iiiiii^Sil 


SHE 


a-H* 


w- 


'^^mm 


Return  to  dust  agsin 


BiBS^iiimiilgiiSlffi^aj 


ff^E^ 


We  must  Itetorn  Return  We  mast 

X.iMUB.     CM.  Psalmi. 


pirliiiliiii^iSii^i^lilllli^iililiSi 


:22 — --- r — r?T^-^T-:^ir-/;-T-^ T^-^~r^-i-^ 


^_t=^Q_i^.. 


11 


+^ 


^ 


MW 


Bless \l  is  the  raan  wlio  shuns  the  [lUce  Where  sinners  love  to  meet  MTio  fears  to  tread  their  wicked  wajs  And  hates  the  scoBer't  seat 


i^s|gji;ii^Si^Li-ji|gp3^g5Pp&^ 


'^^z^s=^-T 


XX 


gJIggFFI^g^iigi^li 


^ 


:¥=F 


_©_-. 


3szi: 


-©-J T^-e-- 


WS^ 


'.■>^» 


:N'EW  TORK    CM. 


Psalm  4. 


DU.  ARNE.       131 


^^i^iif! 


liliiJ 


s:rs~rs 


(S-T^rF=@- 


I 


P^t^---R^-^' 


isTTs: 


mgisi 


■° — ^-'^irzijs:- 


Lord  thou  wilt  hear'me         when  I  pray    I     am  for-  e-  ver    thine.   I    fear  be. fore    thee  all    the  day    Nor  would    I    dare  to  sin 


zSi 


i— V 


Efi 


pft 


r^JS^: 


rSifer 


aaiaaiii 


iigfegfe'ligiiiiS^^S 


_s^ C^- 


iiHiiii^iiiiiii 


Mr.  Cote  calls  tide  "  Hilton." 


.j^ ^:?:_,^5:i- 


ipiiiiipii^iii 


I 


NEWBURY.     C.  M. 


Fsalin  5. 


WILLIAMS. 


P^liilligg^SiQ^lpiiEiii^SJSIiiS 


S 


5T-f-TFpT^3 


iiii^ggiS.^iiiiilil^iiteiiii 


Lord  in  the  morning  thou  slialt  hear        My  voice  ascending  high        To  thee  will  I  direct  ray  pray'r 


To  tliee  lilt  up  mine  eye 


iiiMS^iiirSigiiiiiiiiPliil? 


li^E^Sii^m^^Siiililiigii 


.YEJV  llijyDKED.     L.  M.         Watts'  H.  lOO,  Book  i. 


5+=-P+2_I_4._— -^=_=. 


— -:4--i4e-^T==^?" 


Liiiilillli^^l=iS|^=;^ 


e-© 


-♦ 


P 


3=fP=?^=&: 


^-^^^ 


Silii 


^Tb-pT-F=s-^ 


^ 


Not  to  condemn  lie  sons  of  men        Did  Christ  the  son  of  Ciod  appear        No  weapon  in  his  hanih  are  seen        No  fiammg  sword  of  thunder  liiere 


i:iil!^llESmiSil^l^iliilil^|i^li^iiii 


XEfVIXGIMM.     S.JL 


WM.  BILLINGS. 


r: 


:l=iliiiiigE|E|E^Si^Ej^^^l^Ei^l^^i 


Deatli  O  the  awful  sound        ^V!lat  liorrors  in  it    dwell  The  second  death  is  here  im pliM 


Which  sinks  our  souls  to    hell 


i^bi; 


JS*Efr  JERUSALEM.     C.  M.         WalW  Hymns,  21.  Book  1.  ver.  2i. 


INGALLS.       133 


_  The 


M^^-i 


s^; 


iii^fiiiiiiaiiiii^i^iii^iii 


From  the  thiid  heav'n  where  God  resides 


The  New  Jerusalem  comes  down        Adopn'd  with  shining  grace 


" 


That      holy       happy       place  The 


tii^iiii=tiirs 


^-4- 


3crp: 


i:: 


■p--v-,»- 


The 


iliEii^l=ElEE^Pil 


f: 


■B^=ft 


I^I^E^I^JEJ^iN^^EgEg^li^E! 


:gzi?: 


iil! 


J^ 


-£j- 


Eg 


ISi^ 


I^ZZfeZI 


S=5: 


ESi 


* 


The 


A-  -  dornM  With 


shining  grace 


w. 


mm 


t:—^ 


K- 


=S=V=i[ 


151 


XEJVBVRGH.     S.M. 


C 


^^ 


'^^n 


Fsuhn  148.  ^ 

9 


MUNSeN. 


1»-1» 


s 


m 


Let  e\'rj'  crsature  jcjia        To  praise  th'  etenial  God  Ye  heav'nly  hosts  the  song  be-  -  g 


Ye  heav'nly  hosts  the  song  be-  -  gin  And  sound  his  name  abroad 


*      Ve  Ye 


^~ 


^iMUliEl-llSiiPJiSi 


1  2 


fffi 


0-P 


^m 


5izl=^=^rfi^ 


Iz-r 


mim 


Ye  starry  lights  ye  twlnkUng  flanaes        Shine  to  your  Maker's  praise 
&=— T T T ' T =— T**l»^ 


S- 


^mffiisssii 


J_        2_ 


And  moon  with  paler  rays 


Y'e  starry  Sic. 


HHiiiiiii^g^^^^^^S^i^iSgii 


-^         1  8 


,iir 


The  sun  willi  golden  b'  ana 


P^ 


m^mmm^^^^m^ 


I  2 


'■^ 


.NEWPORT.     L,M.  JJymn  il,  Book  2. 


D.   UEED.        125 


I^SI 


?=¥=i 


^rii^|2iiiil§E!iliiiiiillii] 


ii^giSSiiiSiiiiiiliiiiiig: 


I  send  thf  jnjs  of  earth  away        Away    ye     tempters  of    tlie  mind  False  at  Uie  smooth  deceitful  sea        And  empty  as  tlie  whistling  wind     \our 


ga^^i^iiiEgii^ig^iigigi^Eiipj 


'Sliliiii 


k-- 


i^^^^l^Siilglii^lSii 


IEEE 


ggiiiiiigi 


ZWZZIW- 


H^^te^Si^^-ii^ 


111 


tzaz: 


streams  were  Seating  me  along        Down  to  the  gulph  of  dark  despair 


And  while  I    listeii'd  to  your  song  Your  streams  had  e'en  convey'd  me  there 


5^e3ePE 


£ 


Hii^^ie^^lSiM 


mm^m: 


»— » 


zp 


-1'^^- 


p-t-p- 


ffilg-iiBfflPi^l 


136 


J\'EJV  FORK  .mTlIEM. 


rr: 


Pi"5iiiiisiiiil=gi 


Worils  hij  Fope. 

Soft.        Slow. 


::e:csz:Esr^ci 


'^m 


Increase. 


F^:^: 


\  ital        spaik      of    heav'nly  flnnie     Quit  O         cjuit        this  mortal  fiaroe  Trembling  hoping    ling'ring     flying         O  the  pains  the     bliss    of 


|i5iiiiiS§^i^liiiiiiiiiiiii^iiiii] 


^^iilMiilii^iiigilgii^i^^lgllil 


Increase, 


P. 


F.         P. 


sit^i^^^sEy=isiSi^s 


iiiiiLtsiiiiiiPjsiiiiiiiffE-ir^ii^iiii 

I  ing:    Ceaae  lonJ  nafjre  cease  thy  EtrUe     And    let    cie    languish   into    life  Hark  Hark  they      whis-  per      an-  gels       say      they 


_Q  ^"^  ^.^    ^"~~  Q  Hark  they    whis-  per   an-  gels   say  they 

X  flit  piece  is  in  some  hoiku  called  "  The  Dying  Christian." 


JS'EW  YORK  .iJ^TUEM.     eoniinncd. 


isr 


lliiiteii^iglhiiiiiSiiiiilii-g^i 


I  I     t        > 


^llliiiittilll^l^liliJiii&ii^iiil 


whispei'        an-  gels        say    Hark      they  whisper      an-  gels      say  Sister    spirit        come     a-  -  way      Sister      spiiit    come 


a-  -  wiiy  What  is        this        ab- 


F. 


lnoicr^5t\ 


^iiiiiiiiiiiiggiisiigiiiiiigi§iii3ii3j 


I   I   I    I 


:fEZ*:rh-~-2 


ii^giiiiiliSiiiieiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


sorbs  me  quite        Steals  my      sen- fes  shuts      my  sight      Drowns  my  spirit  draws  my  brealh  Tell  me  my  soul    can    this    be    death        Tell  me  my  soul    can 


gie^lgil^ 


ai^Eiiiis 


128 


p. 


JN'Erf^  TOBK  A.1^THEM.     Continued. 

Increase. 


Vivace. 


'iiiilliiiiiigl^iSgl^ia^ 


IS 


-iiTes 


^5^ 


3^-B 


-M- 


^liliHS^iiiiieBs&ie^i 


tliis  be  death  The  world  reeedesitdisappeus  lleav'n  opens  to  my  eves        My  ears  H-ith^sounds  seraphic  ring 


Lend  lend  your  wings    I  mount    I  fly     O 

liiilBiSiiliiiil 


grave  where 


i|iiiiiirliiEiiiigg§iiiiisj^ii^^ 


;&1igil!?&!^iiii3i^i!g®liSiii^§S^S 


i:ti3: 


4- 


:^l^ip|^iriig^lSHi§iiiiiiigg] 


j  istliyvictoiy     O  grave 


O  death  wUcre  is  thy  sting 


Lend  :^:  your  wings  I  mount  I  Ry 


O  grave  ^c. 


O  death  tie. 


....^m'^,^t^^^^^^ 


^cs: 


^mm 


O  grave  where  is  thy 


f;^ 


I      mount     I  ftj 


J^Eir  rORK  ANTHEM.     Coitdmh-d. 


129 


^^sisiigiigiiiiiiiiiiiaii^iiii-iii 


:t 


ssiHi 


victo-  ry  tliy  victory     O  grave  &e. 


^^m 


Lend  :l|: 


ilSi^iiiiii 


O  death 


O  death 


SiS^ 


I  mount  I  fly 


R 

If: 


ig^iHitt 


$:=}: 


l^giiPBliiBgiil 


L 


Slow. 


very  slow. 


•^^|g^i^^Epf^flF^^:a:;|s^:pg|^|pg;|lit 


J^ 


mn^i^i^ii 


-^-T-fe^z: 


jnount    I        fly  o  grave  where  Is  tliy  ticlo-  ry  thy  vieto-  ry 


O  death 

1» ♦ 


O  death 


K S 


ZK-szsizirf-~0 


^giUir^^lMliillillPP 


i30 


.riXKTl-TIURlJ.     S.  M.         Hymn  84,  Book  2. 


I-.  CHAriN. 


pilMiirg^iiirEpiilp^fiiffllSiiigll 
lilM^iiiiSsiilil^liiiirEi^JiS^igliS 

Come  all  harmonious  tongues        Your  noblest      music  bring  'Tis  Christ  the        ev- er- liist- ing        God        And  Christ  tbe  man  we     sing 

[Mii^siilllil^il^li-Sllirii?!!! 


Jieiiilliii^liiiiliiiiliiMliiMeiiiiiiliB! 

X[;N'ETY-FIFTIL     C.  M.         Jlymn  65,  Book  2.  coi/roN. 

'iilggiiSlgiiiiiiiliiiiiiilii^lSiliia 


iii§ggi!iiiiiiiiir^i^itlliiiiigiisj£ 


\Vhcn  I  can  rcatl  mv  title  clear    To  mai  sions  in  the  skies 


I    bid  farewell  to  ev'ry  fear    _  And  m  ipe  my  weeping  eyes 


ligriiiPjE^iiiiiiiiEi^Egiiiiiii 

I  bid  „  ,' N  1  2 


iiiiiiiipiiiigii 


Ibid  1 


:z5T-^ 


iPilMiiS 


J^EWCOURT.     P.M.         PMhn  1 17,  vet: -i.         uond.     13 1 


|iiiiiP#iiiiiilJgiiiiiilil^^iil^i^ 


The  Loid  hatli  eyes    to    give  llie  blind  The  Lord  sup-  -  ports  the        sink-  ing  mind  He    sends    the    lub'ring    con-    -    science     peace 


^iigiiiiilliiiiiSl^lgilgiilil 


::szjj_ 


He  helps  the        stranger         in        dis-- tress  The  w Wow    and    the    fa*    ther-    -    less 


And    grants  the   pris'ners    sweet    re-    lease 


iliiil-i 


-  -fesr-k-|f 


PI 


iilSliiil^i 


JVOUrOr.     Ji  SapMc  Ode.  Watts'  H.  Lyrica. 


iHiliiaiiiS 


;^it 


r — iT^ 


IT 


m 


p=^- 


Eg 


P-T& 


t3 


Mm 


rrqr 


When  the  fierce  north  wind  witli  his  aiiy  forces      Ueai's  ap  the  Daltic  to  a  foaming  furjr        And  the  red  lightnings  with  a  storm  of  hail  comes       Rushing  amain  down 


iHSiSSgiiiSii^liSSSiiSigS 


sei 


Skevihere  ci\V.-:d"  Judgment." 


iigl^^iilifiiiSiiife^^iii^lliiS 


i32 


XOlVrUFIELl).     €.  M.  Watts'  Hymns  -21,  Hook  i,  vei-.  6. 


IN  GALLS. 


^piiiSSfililgl^lPJiiM^iteliiiiS^ 


How  long  dear  Sayioiu-  O  how  loiig;    ShuU  this  bright  hour  delay 


Fly  swifter  round  j«  wht«ls  of  time  And    bring  the  w^lcoroe        d»y 


imStmmm^MmM^^^ 


giiiiil 


tiiiS^iiiilSfilfllSPiiM^ilili^i 


f-'ly  Sec,  Fly  &c.  And  bring  6cc. 

XOUWICII.     S.  M.  JVatis' H.  Lyrica.     Kippon,  88.         hibbard. 


I  2 


pi^iSiiiirE®liffilill^Jii^lgii^g^;S 


rl*-=^*- 


My  sor-  rows  like  a  flood         Irapnt'u'nt  ofrfstraint 


1  2 


Into  thy  botom  O  my  Gtd     Four  out  a  long  uxnplnini        Pour  out  fcc. 


*^  '- ^  ^  Into  '''~'*~-  1  2 

;iiiii^iiiiliiieiiiiliSliSiiiliil^^ 


:3i 


^s^"^: 


J-H 


'+i>Sii55 


JSi'EIV  SIBBATH.     L.  .M.  frails'  Fsulms,  103. 


133 


;^S£iE?EfeEfE^ 


::4=i 


:5z^j 


B-3- 


'P- 
-Ki— 


g^ 


^^^^^S^i^^^iiiiiiiiii^ 


i-pd:-**^ 


TheLonl  how  wond'rous  are  his  wajs        How  firm  his  truth  how  large  his  grace        Ke  takes  his  merej  fiir  his  throne        And  thence  he  makes  his  glories  known 


i=:?2=rtfc5: 


^tr.  1.(170  falls  tliii  "  Caruvi-" 


PI 


^^il^^^ffi 


W9^ 


J^'ORTIMMFTOX.     S.  M.         Hymn  30.  Book  2. 


MANX. 


iSiiliSgimS^ii^iii^iffiSiiiB 


Come  we  that  love  the  Lord    And  let  cur  joys  be  known  Join  in  a  iobf  of  sweet  accord    Let  those  refuse  losing  That  nerer  knew  our  God    But  faT'ritesof  the  henv'nly  king 

r.M.iy  speak  their  joj  s  abroad 


^i^^Si^i^^ 


£=S'^=>v-r 


[May  speak  their  joj  s 


And  thusaurrouml  the  throne 


^^Sffcfl 


^. 


134 


.\En\M,mK.     CM.         Hymn  3^,  Book  2. 


BULL. 


fpi^^isiElsjliilsEliiyilipiiSiiilEiii^^Eiii^^^ 


^^m^MMmM^Mmi^^i^^MmWMwmi 


Come    holy     spirit    licav'nij-    dove         With  alHhy  quick'uing  pow'rs        Kinjle  a  flame  of  saered  love        lu  these  cold    kearts  of        our's 


'^E=i 


zs^——- 


-^-^ 


i 


^4-, — 


illi^i^iiiliiii^lSl 


:^?si 


lzz=^ 


iilSiiillgliiliiilil-lipliai 


OLD  HUXBJiED.     L.  M. 


MARTIN  LUTHER  01"  DR.  DOWLAND. 


pji^iiiiiiiiSiiii^MiiSllli^iiliil 


ggglgg^: 


iiiigigi^ii 


With  one  consent  let  allthe  earth         To  God  their  cheerful  voices  raise     ■    Glad  homage  pay  with  awful  iniith         And  sing  be- fore  him  songs  of  praise 


^^ii^iiSliiiiiiliig 


Fvrinerlt;  called  "  Savm/.' 


OCEAJ^.     C.  M.         Fsalm  107. 


SWAN.        13& 


rPPi^s^iig^ifflliiS^^^iilgigiE^ii^ 


9mm 


i^ig^iiiiigi^^iii^iiiriiiiiiiiiiiiiii 

Thv  works  of  glcry  niighly  Ixiiil  '1  hat  rule  the  Loist'rous  sea    The  sons  of  courage  shall  rccni-d     Who  tempt  that  <!ai)g'rous  way     At  thy  command  the  winds  anse  And 


iiilSiliiSliigSiiiigiii^^ 


EE: 


ses^b 


At 


i^iiiEiiiiiiiiigi^jigiiigii^gi|3i 


r=^;=;=^-i-^E^^ggg|^^ggg^J|||g3li|g^i^^ 


— I — 


iiitepiipiif:i=^i=^j^pil^ipipii^flifli 


swell 


And  swell 


The  men  astonish'd  mount  the  skies      And  sink  in    ga-    ping  graves 


^Biiiis^i^=ii^=^igliisiiii^S^iH 


iiHiii 

ihe  tBw'i'ius  wa-    ...... 


61,. 


•"^r 


iigllS^^^ii^iiil! 


136 


erOViTO.     L.  M.     ,1  rortiiguese  UijMn. 


S.  WEBB, 


liEg|3^:| 


■gr.:y-izaLZZji: 


^-^E^g^grppsjg^^^^p- 


|»:iS: 


AVhcn  I     iui'-  •  vey       the         wond'rous         croa      On      which  the         Prince, of  Glory  il'd  My       rich-  e«  gain     1 


=:g^i^gii=ilii1^J^lMli§^iSl^'=^ 


iiiiiii^^iiiiili 


2?-±=d=4i 


v^^.^^ 


£^?^^i^E^3^£3Eg3B^ES^^^J:e^iES 


I 


i 


T  T  S^  T-S 


1^=:: 


il^iiiiiaiiiii^gg^JBi^ii 


count        but  loss        And        pour    *on-  -  tempt        en        a)l        irry        pride  And  pour  Jte. 


Hv  «me  caVrd  "  .Ideste  Fiilelit.' 


iP:il^ll^Jlll=^li^§^lilil^i 


^■•fr' — 


OMEGA     P.  M.  or  8,  7,  4 


Bippon,  575. 


WM.  JONES.       137 


■TXZt 


3 


i^giii-lfflpi=^a^ilgiiPS^ 


Lo  he  Cometh  countless  trumpets    Blow 


Midst  ten  thousand 


-•H: 


saints 


«* 


m^^mw 


P-- 


Blow  :!|. 


be-  -  fore  tlie  bloodj-  sign  -»  _ 


Midst  ten  thousand  saints  and  ajigels  See 


s 


1^^-r 


m 


:B=i 


-•p-^ 


-^- 


^l^i^lgliii^iiiiilLli 


P^ii^ 


I'i^iLiiJiiiilgimi.^ 


and    angels  see  the 


Hallelujah    Welcome 


iliil^iliiilipj^i^lESipgS-liiilii-l! 

■    ^ -17  _         -»-» ^- k      -    _       ;!|:         :«:        bleed- -- in;  I.amb 

P^i^iil^liligliiiiiiiiliiliiiliiiiMf 


the        cruci-  -  fi-  -  ed 


JiiS 


OLD  FIFTIETU.     F.  M  ov  iO^s  t^  irs.         Fsalm  50.         blanks. 


SiEiiigi|?liiSEg|i: 


li^s^l 


zh 


'^-- 


The  Gixi  of  Glory     semis  his  summons  foi  th        Calls  the  south  nations  and  awakes  the  north         From  east  to  »  est  the  lov'reign  ordera  spread 


^^AR 


T:: 


i?jE^i^g^si!iigigl 


iiigiig3iiEfel 


;silillliEfilsis[iiigiiEiiiiii^liliiliiei 


Thro*  tlhlant  wot  Ms  and  regions  of  the  deail 


The  trumpet  sounds  hell  trembles  hea^•'n  rejoices  Lift  up  yoiu-  heads  je  saints  with  cheerful  voices 


mMmf^m^mm^m^^iwi^^im 


MiiiiiiiSiiii^iiilii^iiiii^iP 


PARIS,     L.  M. 


Watts-  Fsalms,  24. 


BILLINGS.       139 


giglia^iilllgir^^liiil 


mi 


i»--f-P-p-T-©- 


iiiiiSSiiii 


-tr-^--t-T-h-->-T»T"r-gT<?'->TH-g 


^tesl 


s        And  gave  it  for  tlieii-  dwelling  place 


This  spacious  eanli  is  all  the  Lord's        And  men  k  worms  &  beasts  k  birds        lie  rais'd  the  building  on  the  sens        And  gave  it  for  their  dwelling  place 


iiiisa^liiiir^gilPilSiiiiliiiiil 


FECKHMI.     S.  M. 


Watts^  Psalms,  19. 


3I1_ 

J.  SMITH. 


f^^igiiiSip^igiiiSiiiEgigiii|iii 


^^s^^m^m^w^fw^mm 


^li 


Beh»ld     the  morning  sun        Re- gins  his  glorious    way  His  beams  thro' all  the  nations  ran     And     light  and  life      convej- 


iglpig^iiiiiiPj:^iiii|fiiiBi 


ir-  rp  ^ 


TP^i! 


E 


33=£: 


-6r^=F 


iq: 


Siiipiiigiiie 


140 


ve;n'itejs''cb.    a  m. 


T.  SMITH. 


;  pETfTjgigligEBbtl^S 


-e-f- 


S^^^ 


eS^^EsilEE 


-^- 


=p 


iigii^ 


.a =_ 


£ 


=Si 


To  thcc  O  God  my  cries  ascend        O  haste  to  my  relief        And  with    ac-    cus-    totn'd     pi-  ty     hear        The    ac-  cents        sf    my    grief 


ii^Eliiili-^^^^^^g^^i^^liiiai 


^&^^!gE?a=; 


i 


rptrg+d 


^4S=:5lEE^ 


^^^ 


=d-zF: 


zzruazz 


33: 


S2 


=^ 


;iii^ 


FLTXET.     L.  M.         Watts'  Fsalms,  89. 


WILUAMS. 


iiiPiliil*!^; 


£ 


■+- 


J 


-B-E 


K=^l^^Sii 


Remember  Lord  our  nici  tal  Elate        How  fi-jil  our  life  hew  short  the  date        AVhere  is  the  man  that  draws  his  breath        Safe  from  disease  secure  from  death 


,^.^E5gz.E§-:|gg: 


liiiiiiiiiE^iiiiiiig^^iEiiii^^ii^ 


PITTSBURGH.     C.  M.         Watts'  Fsalms,  r^o. 


141 


plM^aii^M^fEgBSi^gElgiiil'ggi^ 


^-te^ 


^SEBEEtESSSEE 


^H^^-Eiiiiili^Ji 


Awake  ye  saints    to        praise    your  king  Your  sweetest    passions      raise  Your      pious        pleasure         while  you  sing  Your 


SB 


*BEi^^ 


tzizjiz: 


0^-0 


% 


— (& 


S3=^- 


ik ^ 


-V— t 


li. L.. 


11 


mi 


K 


HI 


m 


11^ 


s^~$— rizrrt: 


^ 


k k. 


a..  » ..„* 


m 


W-m 


m 


m 


at: 


pious  &C0. 


In-  crtaaing  with  the  praise  Increasing  he. 


ai: 


jg- s 


ti Ck. 


^^rf^ 


-e- 


_.— ii 


._ — ^ 


pi 


iiriii^l-^pil-l 


14g 


FARAPHBJSE.    L.  M.         Watts>  Psalms,  ar. 


y=>— 


From  all  that  dwell      be-  -  low  the  skies  Let  the         Ore-  -  a-  -  tor's        praise  arise 


%: 


m^ 


^^ 


S 


rtei^ 


i^i=t:=fs 


Let  the  Redeemer's  name  be  song  Let  the  Redeent- 


i^rff^k  ifc  jig^r  ^T^  >rn"[>rK>j3 


1 — ' — i H 


Slow. 


giS^SMIp^l^^i^l^ilii 


iiliiS^^^i§iliiil^S§^§iSS 


er's  name  be  sung        Thro'  ev'ry  land  by  ev'-    -  ry  tongue    Thro*  Sec 


E-  let^  nal    are  thy    raer-  cies  Lord  E-  ter- 


FARAPHRdSE.     Concluded, 


143 


Lively. 


s'iiS^pEiilEiil^iSii 


qz-pzlz: 


53;l5?gSEfe 


ze- 


ii^i^i^iiiii^i^^Si 


lyg-sSii 


Dill  Eternal        trath  attends  thy  word  Eternal  trusli  at-  -  tends    thy.  word 

-'^=^^-T--.      F-T-1» 


Tliy  praise  shall  sound  Tliy  praise  shall 


'»  ,     Ife 


^isn^iiiii 


K 


'^m 


Epp^i 


:3_z: 


W~~M 


mzm. 


'^^^^m. 


azrs: 


m 


ti=,l=i3=i=t-: 


Siil^ 


Eound    from    shore     (o  shore  Till    suis      shall        set        and     rise    no    more        'Till    suns    shall  set         and        rise        no         more 


m 


3Ee 


Kpi=^. 


im: 


k— tt 


!^ 


±=fc: 


CE-ZC 


mm 


:3EJE=: 


liirJ 


144 


r LEI  EL'S  UIMX.     L.  M.         Belknap's  Hymns,  S28. 


PLEiEL. 


Ver)"  slow. 


li^iSsl^liitiiiiiiS^^^^iSiEiiiiiaSISi^ 


iiSigiiiiiiiliiiiiigiiiiSiglliil 


So  fades  the  lovely  blooming  flow'r  Frail  smiling  solace  of  an  hour  So  soon  our  transient  comforts  fly        And  pleasure  only  blooms  to  die 


i^iiil^iiigliig^lpiiili^feilgil 


.g^iggggiS^IBigfati^igig^iia! 


.iho  called  "  Comlolence." 


PEXTOXriLLE.     S.  M. 


LINDLEY. 


P-#^ 


lEpnimgnii^^i 


:i^^liii^L^iiiil^=i^gi^pEia 


\-^m^ 


^y_J. JJ_ 


1 


To    bless  thy  clio-  -  -  sen     race    In    mercy        Lord      in-  -  -  cline  And  cause  the  brightness  of  thy  face      On  all  thy  saints    to        shine 

— 1 P 1 ■ 1 1 1— kr4=Tr-r /^■I- tr- 


m^mmm^m. 


fc:: 


*Mv.  L.av}  calls  this  *'  Cohtmbla.^ 


m^ 


T2IU. 


1 


ZSZJJ- 


^iii^sp^eis 


POUTUGAt.     i.  M.         mats'  Fsulms,  68.  145 


Lord  when  thou  didrt  ascend  on  high        Ten  thousand  angels  fill'd  the  sky         Those  heaVnly  guards  around  thee  wait        Like  chariols  that  attend  thy  sUte 


sl^fH 


iiliisi^ssiiilii^3 


l^i^i^iiii^^ip^^igg^^ifi-miPPiiPiiPii 


RESOLUTIOX.     C.  M. 


II  OLDEN. 


With  With  And 


i^iS^ii^i^^^gStgiiiiiliiii 


Great  king  of  Zion  Lord  of  all        We  bow  before  thy  face 


With  With 


With  grief  we  own  our  follies  past  '  And  seek  thy  pard'ning  grace 


rilhr^ 


^ig^liiiieigii^^ielliliiil 


NoTB.     The  treble  of  Tortrigal  is  different  from  the  qriginal  (by  «  Thorly,'"J  which  is  by  no  means  pkasi^ig  to  vvt  ear.— By  W.  E. 


>:^ 


146 


liAPTUEE.     8,  7.  8,  y.         Methodist  Htjinns. 


OSWALD. 


('^t^-h 


-^- 


liiiiilliii^lPBiiilii^liiii 


Love  (li-  -  vine      all        loves  excelling 


Joy  of  heav'n  to  earth  come  down 


ii^gfiEigiipigiip^Eiipi^Sipii 


Fix        OB        us  tliy  humble  dwelling  All  lliy  faithful        mercies      erown 


Jesus        thou  art        all    compas-    sion    Pure 


lilEEEEEl^llEeEiiilSl 


^=S: 


PB^^IseIISIe 


(^^i^^ 


un-  -  bound-  ed 


iiiiPiiiiiiiaiSiiiisiiiillil 


love    tliou    art 


^"i-  ait        us      with    thy  sal.    vation  En-  ter  ev'ry  trembling  heart 


m^mwMm^m^^^^ 


3 


,^lEeEElEgEyiE!il^E£l^bk=bl^ 


Hii^P 


iuppa 


BAI:N'B0W.     C.  M.         IVatts^  Fsahns,  65. 


SWAN.       147 


^ 


^t^^-^^ 


m 


a— 


TZja 


m: 


iggfe=iiiil3liilg 


ii 


^-l»-|9 


-P— » 


l»-# 


The  sea  grows  calm  at  thy  command  And  tempests  cease  to  ro- 


:he^ 


XT 


'Tis  by  thy     strength  the  moudtains  stand 


fei^ 


e^K 


k k. 


i»-i»' 


God  of  eternal  pow'r 


ea 

mm 


^ 


The  sea 


The 


=^=F 


1©- 


~ir~s- 


Tcn: 


Hl3i=H^iM 


-  -  or     ,— 


J3=?: 


i^l^: 


»-•-•--# 


^||pig;|p;pEig|p 


_C- 


-i — (-• 


And 


And 


^m 


5 


;iiiBi 


3iZS 


^3: 


^=s: 


Et3St33t 


~ : L^-; 


tHig^rEi 


sirs: 


m 


-If 


g^gilSi^iiill 


148 


BEPE^TAJS'CE.     C.  M.         Hymn  106,  Boek  2.  feck. 


1^3—1=^ 


B^s 


S 


i^ilMb' 


'Twaa 


O  if  my  soul  was  formM  for  wo    How  would  I  vent  my  sigh*        Re[>enUnce  should  like  rivers  flow    From  both  my  streaming  eyes 


liii^jEigili^iEi^S 


imm^^^m^m 


i^iiiiES=Sii 


*Twa8  for  my  sins  my  dearest  Lo= 


And  groan 'd 


i-SSiSi 


I-^-■-^^-■- 


^liiigigEigpigggjgigggggigigjg 


For  thee 


iiiiiglisilgil^iiiiigSSiiig^ 


n: 


iHl^liiiiiKiliie 


-    -id 


Hung  ou  tlie  lursed  tree    And  gi'oan^I  away  a  dy-  i 


life 


£Elf=EE?EEic3ie=^?=&" 


For  tliee  my  soul  for  thee 


REDEMPTION.     P.  M. 


mLiLlKGS.       149 


gg^ligiliigi 


l^W^m-\ 


:!.p:1 


iSEgSig 


w^m 


WE 


yr^w 


m. 


nBBiiiiiiiiii 


Th'  etemsl  speaks  all  heav'n  attends        Wlio  that  iinhappv  race  defends        See  natiiie  tremble  at  tlieii- feet        Heath  with  his  iron  sceptre  waits 


riiiiiWISiffiil«iii 


While  justice  aims  the  blow 


1  ^rzj3Z5s:s:£5 


^-N' 


Hell  one's  liei' 


Icm: 


liiil^SliSiiiliMi 


^^iiigSfiSMi^^gii^ii^a 


adamantine  gates  and  triaraphs  in  their    wo 

-j 1. 


■h 


And  &c. 


:||:     Hell  ope's  her  adamantine  gates  And  triumphs  in  their  wo 

:s:q 


-ii^liii^Sl^g^l^giS^iil 


kd, 


SiS 


ii 


L  JTE"   k 


wo 


m^ili 


mj^:  icxxi:  r 


—I- 


F-'F^ 


^50  BdCKBEtDGE.     L.  M.         Watts^  K  IB,  Book  2. 


A.  eHAPIN. 


siiiiggiii 


H^P^liii^^lii 


im 


L|— 


:t=tJ 


;iiiifeii^liiiiilil^Sli^i 


>-P-TP-f-f  r-' 


1 


Far  from  my  thoughts  vain  woild  begone        Let  my  religious  hours  alone        Fain  would  my  eyes  tuy  Saviour  see        I  wait  a  vi-    sit  Lord  from  thee 


iiiim^lgiS^ililig^ 


si^ 


g^^ 


EOCKI^GHJIM.     C.  M.         Hymn  43,  Book  %.  a.  chapin. 


iiiiirEiiiiPiii^^^gi^i 


pzizazaq 


My  God  what  endle^pleasnres  dwell        Above  at  thy  right  hand  Thy  comts below  how  ami'-  -  ble        Where  all  thy  graces        stand 


LiliiigliEEiggiiigS 


S'i^^: 


llzzifz^ 


IZfi 


--b~^ 


^f^Pifc: 


iszEr: 


X      X 


HS^l 


ROCHESTER.     C.  M. 


WILLIAMS.        151 


Walls''  Psalms,  5. 


'^m^^mm^^mr^^^i^mmfi 


Lord  in  the  morning  thou  shalt  hear        My  voiee  aseending  high 


To  thee  will  I    direct  my  pray'r        To  thee  lift  up  mine  eye 


aii^iiilill^iiiiilM^i^i^gili^ 


RlSSLi.     L.  M.  Walts'  Fsalms,  62,  ver.  3. 


D.   REED. 


l[^ililS^Siii^^iiiiiiiPiiiiaiSli 


liii^lgiiiS^^^rEiiSiiEl^ 


ipztp 


:Pz5: 


prcT^zriiJ. 


Ipstrai 


l-t-pE3.3i 


False  are  the  men  of  high  degree        The  baser  sort  are  vanity 


^-*N  Laid  Light  Light 


Siiiggiii^iiiPiiii^iiiigiiEiiiii 


Laiil  in  a  balance  both  appear    Light  v  a  pxS  of  empty  air 


15S 


IWCKY  XOOK.     C.  M.         Hymn  41,  liook  i. 


WM.  BILLINGS. 


^^l 


■.ft'    •: 


E 


ms 


■V— Nr 


iii^l! 


»-v-^- 


in 

How 


i^ip 


These  gtovious  rainds  how  bright  they  shine        Whence  aU  their  white  arraf 


How 


M^ 


— j^ 


i^^^^MUWW: 


r\,.c=;=v 


liiiiiiiii] 


* 


How 


iHiasii 


t=B~ 


How 


How  came  tkey  to       the        hap-  -  pj 


hap-  pf 


Sii^ii 


m 


igmiilSli 


^- 


m 


£ 


5=t: 


m^m 


of        ever-  *  lasting  d;iy 


How 


;|Sp=g^|i^pgi 


E 


7^: 


iSgpgpiPlEg 


IB! 


Iwp-  ■  -  -PT 


tfn-w  ttit»^  they    to    the    happy   neat*      9{         e-  -  ver-  -  last-  -  ing         day 


ROSE  OF  SHAROJ^.         Solomon's  Song,  t. 


>VM.   BIM.INGS.       133 


I  am  the  rose  of  Shar»n  and  the  lil-  ly  of  the  valley 


3& 


gi^ 


ilMiii^iiiiii^i 


I  ara  ice. 


il 


^!t^ 


lisilgliii-l^Eiiiie 


ffiS 


^ — 4+ 


u 


;^iiil^fii^^^ii 


^mnni^i; 


11 


^^liiill-=ii 


m 


A»  the  lilly  among  the  thorns  ao  is  my  love    a-  mong  the  daughter!  As  the  apple  tree  the  apple  tree        a-  -  mong    the  trees  of  the    wood 


y^^lEfS^^S 


^^SM^i^^^mii 


^eIzzi^EzeI 


154 


i 


ROSE  OF  SUAROX.     Continued. 


ill^l^giil^ 


•-  — s 


Mm^^mi^Mm 


so  is  my  beloved  among  (.he  sons        so  is  &,c. 


liiilEiPPlig^S^iMlliiiiiiaigiii 


I         sat     down  under  his  sViadow  with  great  delight 


I  sat  down 

i^i^iii^i^iiiiiiiiiiiiiSiii 


and  his  fruit  was  sweet  to  my  taste 


IHiiliilililliigEgiiiiiiii^iiiiilir^ 


and  his 


lie  biought  me  to  the 


and 


-^-^Sidz^z: 


aDcl 


ime^ig^iii 


giiisi 


rT: 


ROSE  OF  SHAROJ^.     Continued. 


155 


iSliii-^igili 


slay  me  wali  Hagons 


imillil^iSiiiiiii^l 


banqueting  house 


he  brought  me 


his  banner 


i=^ilgMi^ 


ta 


ffZffzp: 


l^^lili^lEisiyi^^ 


comfort  me  with 


his  banner  •vet*  me  vas  iove 


i  ba 


:^^ 


^m 


^'-\  J  ^ 


for        I        am 


^ 


-z^~:f 


igi!ii^:iiiiPitel 


«=* 


m- • 


fflimiiiii^e: 


apples  for  I  am  sick 


for     I        am  sick 


of  love  I  charge  ye    O  ye  daugliters  of  Je-  ru-  sa-  1cm 


B^SP^SSiiiiii^liS 


iij^Elli^igli 


mmmm^^ 


i56  ROSE  OF  SHAROX.     Continued. 


r=iii^^li^lig^S 


^ 


♦— t- 


i 


fet 


by  the  rocs  aoil  by  the  hinds  of  the  fields  that 


that 

a: 


iSi^^iM^Sil 


that  ye  stir  not  up 


that 


nor  a-  -  •  wake        awake 


ray  love 


tttt 


Pigl^^ 


=i=iiil§itfeiiiPi^^igisSiiieiigSI 


If: 


iiiiiSaiili^liiii: 


m±z^ 


till  he        ple:tEe 


The  voict:  of  my  beloved 


a^HSliS 


skipping 


i^liSH 


be-  hold  he  cometh  leaping  upon  the  mountains 


siiii^l^^ 


leaping  upon  skipping  up* 


mHil^iiii] 


biiitEMEEygi^lgilSi^feii^^g 


skipping 


ROSE  OF  SIMROX.     Conlinued. 


157 


n-^ 


Efp^S^^I^^Pi^^E 


liigSSli 


aod  saM  un-  to  me 


^H 


1: 


4-' 


on  the  hilU 


ay  Foi 


y  love  my     fair  one  and  come     a-  way  For 


iiiliiiilill^l^ll^^il^ 


iiMliiB^lia^l=^^ii"^S^i==^^^^ 


-*- 


^^i^l^^^igp^"PiiMsii 


lo  the  winter        ia  past  the    rsiin  is    over  and  gone  For  lo 


the  rain  the 


EE 


4- 


rzi^z^ 


-"sh^ 


Sif^l^i^l^i 


>J.: 


*- 


gl==j^igiiig^fEgil^^giiB^ 


158 


ROSE  OF  SHAROX    Concluded. 


■^—ri. 


ilS 


^EB 


=s=^= 


ipjLpz:^^. 


-e — f» 


-r-^ 


m 


&=i 


m 


i 


iilizllS 


p^ — ♦- 


4- 


-^ 


^ 


_u 


~r 


the 


iPHEE^Ii 


F-^ 


^mm^^^ 


^^Si 


For  lo        the  winter  is  past  the    rain    is      o-  -  ver  and  gone 


^— y 


^^afegasHil 


-T-&s-^ K- 


*: 


ifi^i^S^Si 


sjv.9:s'Min.   p.  M.   8's. 


WM.  BILLINGS. 


rr=; 


pi^M^lsiiE 


p=r 


t^rr* 


siyi^:iigiiisi 


ffiiiiiigi§ggiiiiiiiiiSg^i^^^^5iig|gsgiE^ai 


U  lovely  appearance  of  death     No  sight  upon  earth  is      so      fair 


Can  with  a  dead      body        compare 


±M 


'mi^m. 


Not  all  the  gay  pageants  that  breathe 


Ii59 


ipik^i?3 


.~fi 


m 


SUTTOX.     S.  M.  Watts'  Psalms,  2. 

iiSilil^iii^! 


-©-a 


;r:r^rp=: 


l^llig 


©T^P- 


I 


±z§z 


Szi.-;^ 


£fc— zi 


IHe 


■b:-^' 


-g-t-- 


liEil-^Pilliliiii^t 

i-  -  dence  con-  firms  thy     word  And  answers      thy      de-  orees 

iig^i-siEiifiiiiiPJiiiiii^t 


Maker  and  sov'reign  Lord        Of  henv'n  and  earth  and  seas  Thy  provi-  -  dence  con-  firms  thy     word  And  answers      thy      de-  orees 


SVTTOX  XEW.     C.  M. 


liliiPiiEl^l^isl^lsiEsiilii 

I  sink 


Tr««s'  Fsalms,  69 


GOFF. 


*||FEg;Fi]fe°EBi 


P 


gigHgHlg 


K-^-^ 


I  sink  12 


Save  me  O  God  the  swelling  floods    Break  in  upon  ray  soul 


I  sink  and  sorrows  o'er  niv  head        Like  mighty  waters  roll 

—  J  2 


fli^M 


g^S 


Like  Like 


160 
If: 


ffl 


iia.: 


SJiLISJWIir.     r.  M.     or  7's,  6's. 
-t- 


BROWNSON. 


IM^iiES^ii^^ill^^^i^ 


^iilii^liii^5Siigggliiili!i^ggi 


God  of  my  salvation  hear        And  help  me  to  believe 


Simply  do  I  now  draw  near        Thy  blessing  to  receive  Full  of  guilt  alas  I  am         But 


iiii^n^iHi^i 


•'  •  • 


pgggggj^^i^ 


m^^^^^ 


ffzt 


si^ 


E 


iisS 


iiigiiiiiiigi-i^^iiiliiiiiiiriiiei 


to  tliy  words  for  refage  flee 


Friend  of        tinners  spoUess    Lamb        Thy        blood  was         spilt    for  me 


liiril^^iiiiiiiliiiiffiilfJiliaiPl 


2EiE: 


&iiliiiiiiiaii^iiiil 


I 


Bt3r 


i:: 


:^M 


M:N'B0IIT0JS'.     L.M.         UymniJl^Book  \.  161 


iiimili^liiiiiiiSPiiiii^lllillii^i 

Now  in  the  heat  of    youthful  blood        Re-  -  mem-  ber    3  our  Crc-  a-  tor  Gocl  ^  Be- 

■^  ■"        "^      -'■==»'  R,.rr,,,„  ■■  ■■ 


iE^5^5gg|E|j||^i^ii^iiai^iggiiigiiiii 


lit;-  ibfe  tiie  evil  diiys  C'>n>e  on    A\'hen  tliou  sbwlt 


pjigiiiiigiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiii^iiiiiii 


aiSlSliiiil^iiiiiiiiii^liiiaiir^ 


Before  he. 


^^^ilE^iigi_^ll|i 


HHlilfff 


jM 


say  my  joys  are 


^TH*e 


^S^iiiiilijSgii^^^ 


Imi 


165 

If: 


SEE!  UE  lilSES.     7's. 


piiilSiiiiiliiiill 
liii 


Bippon,  142.     Belknap.  17, 

;Sz: 


H0LDE3N. 


^fel^glS 


— »—  - 


liiilliiyiiiiiiifegiiiiilii 


Angels  roll  the  rock  a-  -  v  ay  Death  )  ielJ  i:p  lliy 


tiiiditv 


prey 


See  lie        rises  iVom  the        tonib  Glowing        \\ithiriQ- 


iiPiiiiliiiiiiiiiiliiiiliiSiiliSlii 

sgi^ii^iiiiEiiiiii^^iiiiiiiiiiiiigiii 


E^E^EpgEJpfe^Ep^ELZ|zEZ"Ziz^|zFzt3E^^^ 


njor-  t;il 


bloom 


See  lie 


rises  Scv- 


i|=l^|=ii^Ji|E|ifefe3ii 


-fc I  -k  • ^ ^ , . 


=§iiiiiiiliiiiiiii^i^iiiiii^^iii^iiE;^ 


SATXTS'  BEPOSE.     L.  .M.         Evskine's  Gospel  Sonnets. 


HALL.        163 


^^^:F£iESSzfczEzz;flS=irt.E±JitEafE=S3E:ri&K 


Dentil  is  to        us    a    sweet  repose        The  bud  was  spread  to  show  the  rose        The  case  was  broke  to  let  us  fly        And  build  our  happy  nest  on  high 


iiiSi^ieiiiiiiliiiiiJI§Siiig:iiilg^i^ 


iiiiiiiiigilgiiiiisiiiiiiigiiiiiiigii 


Then  said  1  O  to 


Then  -A-A-»  .  -•£  -~~n  ~-^  — ^         -»»»'  ^      .    •"'ll  _  x     "P    'I*  -     ■»         '^' 


ctEEErJzEr— 


sa — K- 


ipiricz 


Let 


Then 


iiiSilSiliiSiigaiiiiiiSiiilg 


iilli 
ii 


Igiliiisiiigililgiiiilitete 


mount  away        And  leave  this  clog  of  heax-j-  chiy  •••'  t 

Let  wings  of  time  more  swiftly  fly        That  T  may  join  the  songs  on  higli 
This  piece  had  been  altered  hi  sojrte,  and  oalled  "  Civil  .iimtsement." 


i6l: 


SOUTHWELL.     P.  M  or  «,  6. 


CARPENTER. 


r 


P3illlii-|giiiiiei 

iMmmmmm 


eUTsiilliiili 


E 


srrfe 


i^iill^iiiiigi 


'Tis    ftiHsl.M 


fsiiiiEMiliMii^iiiiiiipiii 


lite  Redeemer  said        And        meekly 


tEE 


^:;?^: 


^z||=^EIrE:rt^-s^JiiiL=£:&:i 


^IfzSEp^fE^EF 


ii^i^liiiili^il 


:^ 


-P- 


i 


iiiiiiiij§iiiiiiEiiigiiiii|E|ggiiigi3ii 


-e- 


^zZpZeEl^H^flr^iEpE; 


4=E^t 


pE^PEiiSiii^gliElil 


bos  J  liioiliii.g    ln.a>t         ^^llilc  we  the  sciilcnce  Stan        Cunic  slum  is  ami  observe  the  work  Bi-ljoUl  tlie  cpr.tiuest  of  ihe  LoiJ         Corcplcte  for  sinful  i 


lEgElia^iEliiiiiiiigiPilli^iii^iilii 


-^=^ 


p[^iiijiiiiiiiiiii^g|E|iiiiiiii^^iii 


165 


i< 1- 


=t==?:t 


Hii^i 


aOVTllWELL.     Convhiihd. 


Com-  plete 


---©■ 


z:  :nxj^: 


Com-  -  plete 


■]■  :||:  Cun]))li;iB  Com- - 


Com 


^^  '  Complete        Comiiktc  t-m.  Complete  tor  :F,i 


Com 


-©- 


ClJi'i-  -  1>1  te  :||:  for 


ClJi'i-  -  1>1  te 


;Eiii^iiiJii^iiiiiiiiiEiiiiiiiipiiUf 


Complete 


Com-     -     -  jilete 


llzrr=rfc 


.||.  ,11.  '  Co!i'i>!ete  lor        sj!\-    hil        man 

i^lliiPiii^iliiil=iiifeiill^* 


166 


SUFFIELV.     C.  M. 


Wtdls-'  rsalms.  39. 


KING. 


ps^iiiiii^ESiiiliiSiitaliiliiM 


Teach  me  the  measure  of  my  days    'I'liou  maker  ol"my  frame 


I  would  sur-  -  vey    life's  nurrow     space 


And  Icam  how  fiail    I        am 

1  2 


iipiiimiiyiii 


as 


z:'::;;zxrD: 


E^EFEP|EiEi£p|EEP|^E|EE^ 


trrziriK 


I— IX_'2_ISZ 


iiiiililliiliiilBil 


KING. 


SOrmWXLL     r.  M.  or  lO  ^  S.  rVords  by  Watts. 


(!=- 


^i?MfeiiiiigiiiilSiii^ilSiiiiS^i 


Fnrb.-ai-  my  fiiends  forbear  And  ask  no  more  Where  all  my  ihcei  ful  jo^  s  are  fled     AVhy  will  ye  make  me  t  -Ik  my  nrraentsVer    My  life  my  joy  my  comfoits  dead 


^5iii§iSiiiiigi5i;i^ll|3ffl^^ 


:i 


liiliiiiiiigii^iiliJEiiigiSii^iiaiSiiat 


ifir 


-7v: 


SlIEFFIELL.     €.  M.  fValts'  Fs(diiis,  ys. 

iiiiil^ililiiiiiiiil?i;iiMlil 


Let  evVy  heart  prepare  liin  room  Lit  Sec. 


100:11         And  he  i\'n  and  nriturc  sing 


HSiaiSiili^iiiiiiiiiiiiiiisiMllii 


Joy  to  ihe  world  the  LorJ  is  come 


Let 


Joy  to 


^  Jit-  Ijet earth  rccjiv.- iu-r  kins  Let 

Lot 


iPJ^ifeii^miglii 


E 


:tA 


■fSrs: 


3E5H 


lii=igiliiililil! 


t'  c  e  nh  t .«'  S'v'.oui*  feigns     L  t  m(  n  their  sonps  employ         While  tleWls  aiijl  floods  rocks  hills  and  plains         Rt-pent  Uie  soiinilingjoy         Repeat  &c 


5glii:#1#iiiggl^jilSlteliii!ii=iiSiy-g^^^ 


R-  pe;tt 


R.'peat 


51 


:P 


:r^ 


:t: 


©-©- 


ml 


While 


iliSl^iiiil^iiiiii^liilE 


Repeat 


Repeat 


168 


SILVER  STREET      S.  M.  JVatts'  Psalms,  95. 


J.    SMlTIt. 


^iini"riliilliiESg?^ 


^k^: 


i^m^i^ 


E=:Si:ei^-i=5=F: 


miiii^ 


Come  sound  his  praise  abroad         Andliymnsof    glory        sing 


--B- 


=E 


iglgiliil^g^lll 


Je-  hovah    is    the  sov'reign  Lord  The    u-    ni-  -  versnl         king 


ilHTiiiiiiiiiliSllS^iiii^^ii^ 


Lli-lilliiiilil^:^iiiiiiiiiSi»il^l^ 


— H 


mmmwm^^m^^mm^^^- 


iHy=blEi|li==i=5 


H:,ll.  luj;<h 


HaUelujah  :)|: 


[llilillliiiliiiliil 


Praise  ye  the  Lord 


Praisi-  ye  the  Lord  -|*     *         "t         "k"         "V  ^  -•*"    ♦    -  ,  ^_ 


Prwise  ve  the  Lord 


JJ.    XIEEO.        109 


SHERBUBX.     CM         iraUs' I'sulms,  lil. 


J 


iE 


•y — V~ 


Hiilil^ 


5 


'— ♦ 


gElii^iEHiiiiiii^iliiiii 


Sonjs  of  immortal  praise  belong        To  my  Almighty  God  He  lias  my  heart  and  he  my  tnngae        To  spread  his  name  abroad 

-t— 


i^iailii^igi^liiiiiEiip^iii 


— i~z|z 


m^ 


X 
If: 


z^dt 


iiiiiiiliglliiiii3ii!ll 


To 


2      ^2        _ 


To  spre  :icl 


He  has 


!i^ 


e 


.k_k_i. 


ii^imiilli 


liii 


He 


-r= — -J^~+- 


'—■ •-•-£)■ 


'     ■   '       zdJr-^ 


23- 


«l- 


g^ 


s.Tirtrr'^  '  ^to  ^    ^  -lo       ^      ^ i^         ^ 2^ 

ii^iliiipiH^iil 


He  lias  my 


^SEEfe^S 


170 


SPRIXG.     C.  M.  Walts'  Psalms,  147,  rev.  7. 


piiiE?=iNSgiiiil=l^i=Eiggi|li^i==iil^^ 


H^Hiliiiig; 


_^ D ^_P ■. 


gj^ggggi^ggiEg 


Il«        sends  his      woi-d  and  rnelis  llie        sr.ow  The  fic-lds  no  long- er        mourn 


He 


Eiiii=!=ii"iiiEiiEig^y^l3 


i-iiiiiil^y^ill 


If: 


il^lliligimiliiil^Siiiiiir^ii^iiii 


He         calls 


h\ri- w  And 


P- ?»■ 


Mmm 


calls        the        -warnier  g;des   to        blow 


— r-^^p — L^"*^' —  — ^~ — r 

I  bio- 


:iPliili^feifeilhlil 

And  bids        the  spring    re-  -  turn 


* 


And 


± 


lJ=t==i: 


calls 


U»- 


'^mmim^^mm^. 


SPRl^'GFIELD.     P.  M.     7,  6. 


BABCOCK.       17i 


iiJigiiil^i^^iii^feii^iiSH 


Jesus  ill bikstl.e  bitter  cup        The  wine        press  treads    a- lone        Tears  the  graves  and  mouMtn^nsjip        By    his        ex- piling  groans 


iSpL^igliigSiiiiiigiligliiig 


gpiilliiiiiliiliiiiil 


^liS=P1^ 


Lo  the  powers        of  heaven  htf  shakes       Nature      in     convulsion        lies 


The  earth's  profoundeit    centre  quakes        The  great  Jeho\  ah  dies 


li^JiiiiiiiiiigiiiiiiissiiHiiEg^^^ 


iSiiHISiii^^ffliiiitlSiiiliiiilj 


173  SCOTLJiXB.     L.  M.         Ilijmn  A^S,  Book  i.         siium^vay. 

IfiiliSiiii^iiSiEigi^Siigiiliii^Hiii 

A  u  :ike  oui-  souls  away  our  tl-ars        Let  ev'17  trembling  tlio't  begone        Awake  &  ran  the  lieav'nly  road        And  put  a  cheerful  courage  on 


iSISlffil^l 


Sw'.ft  as  the  eag!e  cuts  the  -.nv     We'll  mount 


iliiiilMiiiSlii^iSiiii;^^!^: 


VU    UIML 


Oil   WlliLS 


.^»»- 


^l»|fr»-»-|«-»f9i 


igiiSilgsiiiliieiiiiiliiiii^igiggi 

aloft  to  thine  abode  Nor  lire  ainii'st  the  hea\'nly  road  On  wings 


M 


Nor  tire 


0.1  wiii^sot'  Io\U  O'li-  ill  ulshhiill  liy 


On  wings 


HiieBitti^ztdzg^ 


liiiiiSiiiliiii 


'W^Z 


kkF^ 


srF-n — I 


Nor 


SlMrHO:N'Y.     p.  ell.  or  iO-s.  Walls'  Vsulms,  oO.         morgan.     173 


'^"^fel^r^tt^ 


liliiiPii^iEiiliillEiiiilil^ii^S 


gali^pgpgjgigiSlp^iiligg^giiB^lgi^^^ 


BehoM  the  judge  descends  liis  guai-Js  are  nigh    Tempests  and  fiie  atUnd  him  down  the  sky     Hea»^n  eai  th  and  hell  d.av,-  near  let  all  things  come    To  hear  his  justice 

«: rr'=^ — 


L' 


fpggipjJpgfPipjggF^Siispifi^^^JilpE^lSig 


But  gather  first 


and  the  sinner's  doom 


my  saints  the  judge  commands  ^  ^ 


Bring  tlieai  y 


vu         s,u- 


■  Siels        iVoiii.  tbcii-  distant        lands 


i74 


TIIIKTr.THIBI).     C.  M. 


Watts'  Fsalms,  33. 


TUCKEY. 


^plP^|gpfigppippgaipp|gi|ip^^^ggii|ppigg 


Re-joiceye        righieous    ia  the  Loid        This  work  belongs    to        yoa 


Sing  of  his  name  his  ways  his  woixl  How  holy  just  and 


ilgl 


»*- 


ffiES 


-V 


^ 


EB 


int 


i 


fcri*+tr 


.-^ 


iiilligiiili^liaiiiiil^Slig^iiii^ 


r==: 


ifeiggiigsig^iiii 


ligiE^Eeiiri 


,___t    ,*  »>       , • •       •  •    •  •      o 


T?* 


e    «, 


+ 


o   •      • 


1  2 


rtnp 


true  His  aiercy  and  his  righteousness        Let  heaVn  and  earth  proclaim 


1-4 


4=: 


aaJ  of  grace  Reveal  his  wond'roas  name 

■  1  -m-r  2  -ru— 


^gEj§iiS?jE|||gjiii 


n=e 


ii.1iiiilliiSiiigfeiiii^iliiiiiiil 


Hii  «'orka   of   oa-  ture 


THIRTl-FOVRTII.     C.  M.         Psithn  34.  Tate  £5?  Brady. 


STEVENSON.        IT-J^ 


«: 


HEgiiiiiiiil 


umiiiiiiiiliiiii-mi 


The  pr^ists 


^ 


1  hio' all  the  changing  scenes  of        life  In  trouble        and    in    joy 

:fe=pzq 


pjglpig 


The  praises 


Tde 


illi^3S^4iiliiiil 


siiiiiiiiii^ii 


s? 


a 


I'he  jiraises 


SiSH^gipliligiii 


The  piiiises 


-^— 


gS 


The  praises  of  mj  Godsliall 


siill 


^ 


l^gEiil^tt 


ig|l|Eji=ili^ 


^g|giapg^^ipgi^^iifeg|^^im-^^P^Ji 


My 


heart 


liimiii 


and  tongue  em-  -  ploy  My    heart  &c. 


^tt: 


-\^- 


|9-|»C— 


Hii^ii 


EEEi£^ 


Elseieliere  wlkd  "  Crefl<>«n." 


iSi 


=EE 


sii 


nns 


176 

r 


TIIOMJSTOX.     C.  M.  Words  hy  Br.  Biles.         wm.  billings. 

iiiiiPiiipiPiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


1 


Great  God  how  frail  a  thing  is  man        llow  swift  his  minutes  pass 


His    age  contracts  within    a    span        I|e    blooms  and  dies    like  grass 


^iSiiiiiiliil^iiJliiiii^liiiiisiill 


^Et 


.z 1 — pi Iz_5itz_i4i_^ — , — t_-i Z-irg.! i-Zpi-a-^ — I — j-t-vrv--^—^— ^-J — 1 — ±_azx 


^ipagjiig^gjigiggi^iiaaapiggp^g 


mm^i^mm^m^MM^mmmmm 


And  must  my  minutes    thus  decline        And  must  I    sink  to  death  To  thee  my  spirit        I  resign  Thou  maker  of    my  frame 


^liliiiliiiiiiililigiiiiiiiiiililil 


I ^_p 1— » ^r-nr —      T~r~l*" 


l^l^g^Wigl 


THOWBMILGE.     8,7.         liipi)on,295. 


tr. 


HANDEL.       177 

tr. 


pSiSSpiiiSE^flfeyHsilaijI^yil:-!^ 


Jesas    full  of  all  compassion  Hear  thy     humble    suppliant's  cry        Let  nie  know  thy  great  salvation  See  1  languish  faint  and  die 

tr.  tr. 


■^- 


-s.-' 


Y 


fr.  P. 


SS^I^igiE^iS^^^ipiilii^liEiiyisti^Sai^^ii^H 


ISi^ 


!?=E=E=' 


Sil?llisl?i~^iiiil=3liiiSiii 


Guilt!  bat  with  heart  relenting        Overwhel  BiM  witJi  helpless  grief       Prostrate  at  thy  feet  repenting        Send  O  send  ne  quick  relief        Send  &e. 


.^lilliPjfelilglijiiiiiiSiSillf^^ 


178 


ST.  THOMAS.     S.  M.         Bymn  92,  liooh  I. 


WILLIAMS. 


iiiiigiiiiii5Eiiiiiiiiiiiiiigiiiiiiii^ 


liiiiMIISiililiililiiiiiiig^iiteS 


Sh;Ul      wisdom  cry  a-  -  loud 


And     not  her  speech  be  heard        The  voice  of  God's  e- ter- nal  woi-d        Desi  rves  it  no  re- gard 


ESE^lliiiiimisii^Pll^iiiiigiiiiliS  < 


^ii^iiiiiliilllil:! 


,3/r.  Law  calls  tJiia  "  Jlever/i/." 


fezfeizsz-i: 


TnEXTV-FOVRTII.     C.  M.         Hymn  88,  Pwok  2. 


A.    CHAPIN. 


piiliiiii 


t----- 


n 


iligiiai-filil^iiglgir^ 


iiiiiiiri 


iilfSiiiitiiiiiiiigiiliiiiii 

Salvation     O  the  joyful        sound  'Tis  pleasure  to  our  eaifl        A  sov'mgn  balm  forev'ry     wound  A  cordial  for    our  fears 

^  Hi 


© — -I  si t-J— i--i 


iSHMi 


iiliiiiiiiiliS^iil=iiai 


TIllVMFIL     5,  5,  3,  5,  5,  G,  3,  G.  Itippon,  mO.  iiAmLTOls.      179 


Begone  unbelief  my  Saviour  is  near    And  for  my  relief  will  surely  appear    By  prayer  let  me  wrestle  and  he  vfiU  perform    With  Christ  in  the  vessel  I  smile  at  the  storm 

MliiiiilBifeii^lgllliiSllli^:^ 


ffiSS 


Z22:ZIi 


P^'S^r^:ttr: 


mMMwmMMm^B 


jh 


■v-t 


li^iigiri 


Cheeiful. 


TRURO.     L.  M.  Hymn  47,  Book  S.         williams'  collection. 

I  Now  to  tlie  Lord  a  noble  song  Awake  my  soul    a  -  wake  mf  tongue  llosan-  na     to  tli'  eter-  nal  name        And  all  his  liiwndless  love  pi-oclaim 

piilSiiiiiiiiiiiifiliiiiiiSliia^ 
liigiiliiiliilieiiiiiiigiiiigiiiiS^i 


180 


GIARDINI. 


TRIXITV.     6,  6,  4,  6,  6,  6,  -i. 


Come  thou  Almighty  King    Help  us  tl;y  name  losing     Help  us  to  praise    Father  all  glorious    Overall  victorious    Come  and  reisn  over  us    Ancient  of  day. 

[iiSiSliilsliiiiliilifailiiiliii 


TURIX.     7's. 


DR.     MADAN. 


[3?:=J 


Forte.  P.  -ts 

iiiiHiaiiiiii 


Son  of  God  lljy  bless:ng  gi'ar.t        Slill  supply  my  every  want        Tree  of  I'.fc  thy  influence  shed        With  the  sap  my  f  pirit  fted  With  See. 


With  S:c. 


pislii&iilifeS^lli^Slliiig^^ftffl 


iiiiiilliilSiliiiSliSiiiiS^^& 


VmOJS*.     CM.         Hymn  G,  Book  2.  gim.et.     181 


=i^liiifeligiiyyiiliiyipiii|E^E!||iiiiiiaf 


=-^T!ii*?=fP 


Once  more  my  soul  tlie    i:s- ing    day        Suliites    thy     wakiiis;  ejcs  Oiice  more  my  voice  thy  ti-i-  -  bute  pay        To  11  im  that  rules  the  skier 


giii^ili_^llli^ililili^iifiii=iiiEi^ 


3:"s:g::: 


e- 


L\yiTLl     F.  .M.  or  S's  ^5  1 1's.         Mctlmllst  Coll.  Hymns 


CHAFIN. 

O  ti'll  me  no  more        Of  this  world's  vnin  sloi-e        The  lime  for  such  trifles  with  me  is  now  o'er        A  ccuntry  I've  found        Where  Hue  joys  abound 


>«4 


.iiiiiiiigii 


-J— L.  I — j — |-;^r=k^_ — . — -^=^-3 


-^^±2 


Etz^cE^^a, 


^:i: 


F 


liB 


To  divcll  I'm  determined  on  tliis  happy  ground 


igiiiiiiiigiiiiiiiiiiiijg:iiiiiiiiiip 


18S 


P^E^^iliJ^liSI 


riCTOltl.     c.  M. 


D.    REED. 


'-^ 


E-H 


§::©.t:;»»J^ 


J  ■-—  r— *- 


I-   —^ 


i^^§ 


5^g^SE3J^SiE5E?i?E£ 


1 


sizi:*p|±j5:^*iii*g:| 


sour.'^     \\  ubin  kc. 


p-  pefo- 


1 


H-+ 


Now  shall  my  head  be  I  ft  d  high 


igi^^giiigiigiii 


Anil  songs  of  joy  aad  victoiy 


A\'it1»iu  thy  t-  mp[t  sound 


iiligiiilillig^Slg^Eiil®li^=lliilliii 


btXC— 1- 


±ii 


-^-    Above  my  foes  aiouiid 


\\  itiiin  thv  leniple  sxjnd 


— §ii|±itEt 


■s- 


Fsrr: 


sr^qcff: 


rttt: 


JIBGLXLl     C.  .M. 


Watts'  Psalms,  89,  rev.  4. 


BROWNSON. 


iiitt|^*^[ii|igi^ii§|i3l|^&^gii|ig|5=§ilHai 


iiiigi^igiiiiiiiia^iiiSiiiii 


Thv  «  ords  the  ragiug  winds  control     And  rule  the  boist'rous  deep        Thou  mak'st  tlie  sltt  ping  billoTS  roll 


'Ihe  roll-    ing  bdliws  sleep 


gi_^gE_£^j^j^^^ilSiil^ggi5iiigai 


The  roll- 


y.i^  bi'Iow-i  si   ►■p 


.iiiisiSi^iiliiilliliiiSiaSliii 


JltRXOX.     C.  M.         Rippon,  5:^3.     Unnght,  243.         t.  olmstead.     183 


AflVtlnoso. 


Ffer-ftT=;^      "'^"^ 


±p^=lpzi 


ia+"- 


StliSiSiiSll 


E3-Ed£iiii 


loiirH^zz 


iigiiiiliiiiEiii^|ig|iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 

-^~~     "I       ^'       '         '  -..  .     '  ....  .       .        ^  ...  .       .-  .  •  .      '•'I     .      II  -. L- ia„i  .1.,-*      T_ 


Ye  mourning  saints  Whose  streaniins  tears      Flow  o'er  jour  children  dead-      Say  not  in  transi>"rts  nrdcspair    That  all  yourhopes  are  fleJ 


dust    In 


s 


\^tz^2 


^iS^^ 


t^ngtf2 


i — ^^-L|- 


:z=r:  =!!::$ 


-^  _k — A-__  ■    —,    When  cle:iv  n^  lo  that  ilrirlini;; 

=^"-T5:— T~n~~"T~P~i'T~'FTrFT*p-FTnT — T T ~T 

gp^g|EpEpjEF-gj^g^ft£gST:r"!;Tii5 


izpzi: 


lliliii^Ei^li 


Wlitii  cleaving 


^^^^iiiiii§iliiilgi 


P P— 


fond  distress  ye  lie 


In        food  dis-   tress  ye  lie  Rise  and  with  joy  and  revVence  view  A        liein'nlj'  Father 


nigh 


\^M 


When  cleaving  fee. 


sPlifigiiigliiiiiiPliiiii^iipi 


^^liiiiil^ili 


Rise  ke. 


Rise  &c. 


i8-t 


JVALFOLE.     C.  .U  llijmn  lOG,  Book  2, 


wo  on. 


m 


O  if  111)- soul  was  form'd  for  wo  How  wouM  I  vent  my  sighs  RepenUnee  should  fike  rivefs  flow  From  both  my  streaming  eyes 


^ii=l=iilligila|iiiiiliiiiliiilSiililili 


Hung  ou  the  cursed  tree     Ar^d  groan'd  a-  way  a  dying  life        For  thee  my  soul  for  thee  For  tliee  my  soul  for  thee 


glgfilgiiilgQlll^li^ii-^iili 


.zE=gB^Jt=EPFi^i£E~g^gE 


==-T^jtTpze: 


'Twas  for  my  sius  my  dearsst  Lord 


tpz^if^t 


-#ll 


m 


^Ci 


szEtiii: 


tff::^ 


^^mm 


WALSAL.     CM.         ?r««s' i'sa//i(s,  119,  r«H  4.  wilm.vms.     185 


S^iHiiiiiliSi^liiii 


S=is: 


igillliii 


How  shall  the  young;  secure  their  hearts        And  guard  their  lives  from  sin        Thy  woid  the  choicest  rule  imparts        To  keep  the  conscience  clean 


^iiiiiiii§isi^ii^giiiiiiiiiigiigiiii 


z 

rf: 


i?v  some  called  "  Durham.^ 


WELLS.     L.  .1 


^iEa 


m^ 


zzzIzszDzJm: 


Jlijmn  88,  Book  \. 


IIOLDRAYD. 


^-m^'^wM^m^ 


-o-il 


z^zetc 


sz?i:p;±Z' 


-I — 


=S35f 


-rf*-|»- 


efeiiiigiiiii^illiiiliiiriiiiliiiiiiiBi 


Life  is  the  time  to  serve  the  Lord        The  time  t'nsure  the  great  reward  And  w  liile  the  Lamp  holds  out  to  bum        Tlie  vilest  ciuner  may  re-  turn 


—szizs 


iiilSigigiiliilliliii 


^: 


-idznzziij- 


>feTB. — H'aieai  hat  underffone  some  alteratienfrom  the  original  for  the  purpose  of  making  the  treble  and  connter  more  musical. 


186 


WATBRILGE.     C.  M.         Fsulm  139.  ver.  6 


DR.    MADAX, 


T—j-l 


1 


4iXk[i±S3=3 


— ; 1-, (-  J—, , 1 ; ^ 


^ 


1 — r 


^f^- 


L^id  irhere  shall  5,ui;t.v  sculs  ret  re        Forgotten  and  unknown        In  hel!  ihev  meet  thy  dreaifa!  ire        laheav'n  i!it  rfo.Lusthrnre        Inhiii'n&c 
~r/  '^         *"T~^~Tr r — ! — ii — h- '-:r-rT 1 i-i r— —   i  —  - — ^-r— ; 1 ^i 


isg^ifel!?§iig^§i 


^^O-G- 


23! 


^^iii^s 


^i^^ES^ 


K 


^- 


e-f-e 


:=E 


-r— J J_J 1 L, L_J L^_,_-^JUi — I, i-..— L-l 1 1-=5J 


rriLDEILXESS.     L.  M.         Jfipnn  :s.  Book  1. 


1,EACU. 


^^ 


t=S3: 


5S 


g    _ 


iPiggiB! 


■^ATio  i;  this  fiir  one  in  dUt'ess        Thatfave's  from  the  «-il.!erDess        AaliTeis'dwHhsorroira  ani  with  s;ns        On  her  belo- T;^  Lord  she  leans 


p-s- 


iSHH^iliiiiilSl 


WAREIIMI.     C.  M. 


Walts''  rsdliiis,  27. 


DR.    AUNOI.D.        187 


Soon    as 


I        heard  my 


Fa-     ther      say  "  Ye  children  setk    ray 


ginoi;"    My  heart    re-    -    pliM  with- 


t^± 


H-'-^-B- 


-E-j — a- 


T- 


Ml^^iiii^lgg^=5=iteP^=l 


iiE^iiiPiiiiiiiiiiii^i 


^F 


liHiiii^l 


iiiiiiiiliiiiiiSiiiil^iiis^iiiSiiiS 


Hi 


^^—hz 


— b Ss— T— ^' 


v. ^ ^^_^ — . — -CO- 


^mmmmmmms^m 


out    lie-  lay  "  I'll  setk        my  Father's      face"  My  heart  &c. 


sF^' 


;-THv,»^- 


=i=$nf!^zi:— zdrizm; 


ifl^l^^iPigtiliiiiliiliiMliiliilil 


=S5=P^: 


EiiiiiiiiE^iPiiliiiiiiiiiiiigiiiipi 


Air.  Cole  calls  t/iis  piece  "  ^Mill'jn.' 


188 


IFIXCHESTEJi.     L.  M. 


WE^mm 


-©-+T! 


3 


^^ii^lili 


Traps'  Fsalms,  (1. 


WILLIAMS. 


te-p. 


^ 


e-pT=-F 


e-p 


e 


ii 


My  refuge  is  t!ie  God  of  love        Wljy  tlo  my  ft  ei  insult  and  eiy        "Fly  like  a  tim'ious  trembling  dove        To  distant  woods  or  moantains  fly 


m^: 


—e^-'—'f-G-'^ 


m^m^^^ss^m 


f=-o- 


m 


m^^mm^^M 


--z^: 


Sq-J.S 


-^iJir 


Pv 


r^^ii 


Soft. 


irLYCIiESrER  XEW.     7s. 

Lcud. 


^Methodist  Coll  Jfymns,  S96. 


^pi!ii^liliiiiilHilP^iil!iiiSiSilliai 


lisi^lPlisiieliliii^iii^liiigiilliliiiEl!^^ 

Who  is  Uiij  lUat  conits  fi-om      f?.r        Clad  in  gnitnct  ts        din       '"    ^'"^d        SUxing  triiunphanttraTtller        Is    he  man  oi- is  lie  Cod 

:P:zqzj»z|ci5:zzz:ft:^~iiij:zn:irz:^zzizszaztzcrscziiziffizrrirtii:it^dr:" 


L^iiiiiiliil^piei^i^iiiliiiii^^Fi^i 


WIXTEH.     C.  M 


Watts'  rsalms,  147,  rev.  5 


TO.   IlEED.        189 

1  2 


^ 


iSigil^Si^iliiii^^i^gEsliliEiiip 


::iiliiilliiiiiiiiiiiiiliiiiiillM[li-li 


Hislioaiy  frost  liis  fleecy  snow        Descends  aod  clothes  the  ground        The  liquid  stre;iuis  lorbeai-        to  (low        la        i-    uy        fctteis        bound     ^ 


iSlsllig^ra^liiiliai^iliiliil^ 


liiiiiiiiiiiiliiEii-^iiiiiip-iiiii-i^yi 

HoTC—'J'/iis  tune  mutt  I":  bi;at  as  the  3  J\l<iodin  veri/  s/cw  time,  or  vjilh  a  beat  to  each  crotchet,  ulbising  near  lite  leiigih  oj  a  nhuini  ( ia  allegro  J  to  each. 

Wm^BUAM.     L.  31 


JIijiiui  l;j8,  Book  2, 

-T Pi 


P.KEU, 


EEF?-FEEi3iE_^ 


Broiul  is  ilio  mad  thiit  leads  to  death        And  thcusands  walk  together  there  But  wisdom  shows  a  nan-cw'r  path        \\\lU  here  ami  there  a  traveller 

iS^liiiiiiiiiiiiilgiipiiiililgiiiiEil 


•190 


•^feai^ 


-^i-^fz3-^±=E=tzi£-ttz?Qzz 


■a»--KH- 


WESTO.YFAVEL.     C.  M.         Hymn  G5,  Bcok  1.  TriLLiAiis. 

-I — -— d"  — i~itzir] 


^^— \ li ■     ' p__— HKK^ ^_ |.__-J 


eiii^lliiiiiliiiliiiiiiH: 


SiEil-S-3 


Come  let    us        join    our    cliceiful        songs        With     anje'.s    round    the     throne        Ten     thousand    thousand        are     their    tongues        But 


^j±-"" 


!3dz- 


iiisgiiEiiili^^!liii_3iiiS^iii 


li=rjfc: 


l^ii^jiigii^iiglililili^iSiiii 


jiiiiil!#iiii!iiliipiiSliliiiiiiiiii 


^=t?=t=^: 


1 

liiiliiiiiiEi^liif^iiilliiii^iaiiilliiiBi 


all        their        jovs    are        one        Ten        thousanrl 


are  their  tongues        But  all  :):  their        joys    are  one 


liililliiilgiiii^iiiiiiiiiiSiia 


ll:£t=i 


ls^;i|iEl#3i|ilii^ilii^Mililiiiilpi 


WESTMIJS'STER.     C.  M. 


N.    SUIHWAV.        191 


ifffcsa£^"='" 


"Tr^ — ^L         1  ; ^-|-    —  J         '       ^    1     '"I — H   I  I   '  ■  I    — —  ■ 


cfeS 


Thou  greut  and  sov'relsn  Lord  of  all    AVhom  heavenly  hosts  obey 


A round 


-B- 


SggffiS 


aiiEigiiniiiiiiii 


Around 


And 


Around 


iS^liiiii 


Siilliieiiiiililiilgii 


Around  whose  throne  dre:id  thunders  roll 

And  lived  lightnings  play  Aruuad 


And 


Hiliiliiili 


Around  wliose 


li^li^li^illSiiliriili^^ilii^^- 


pU y 


I'l^y    And  And  h\eiX 


193 


3!^ 


nESTFOEB.     L.  M.         irijmn  15,  Book  3, 


fe^ 


i 


fer^ 


U31 


m 


\ 


^i 


z^ 


Far  from  my  thol's  rain  world  begone      Let  ray  re-  li-  gious  hours  alone      Fain  would  my  eyes  my  Saviour  see       I  wait  a  visit  Lord  from  thee     Fain  would  See. 

-tr—T 1 T T-i 1 — ''^^F^^^^-i 1 ^-T — -^ '-  — ' T— -I- 1-   k   PtPi 


iH^^Hi 


5»:p»:*^tpi 


Jii&^axzff 


E 


:s=C=i=4 


lirzfc 


i^gjHii^^^jjgagpEigma-jp 


■'^T5»- 


p-"-l»» 


_:i^ 


^^ 


^fgsgi^ii 


r 


^l^^g^^^ 


E^Ei: 


!-I~--J- 


:tpzrzp:icii:rz*zdz±zdzz«zit±; 


^?^^ 


-•-•i 


t=Bzx: 


^=F 


^=iri-t±: 


sraz 


S^^T 


•   •  ■ 


i:; 


-y-F 


4— 


?^^ 


nr: 


My  heart  grows  warm  v.  iih  holy  fire        And  kindles  wiih  a  pure  desire  Come  my  dear  jesus  from  a-  -  boVe  And  feed  my  scul  with  heav'nly  love 


1 CJdlZi — ^— t^I|Z-p-P-.^l! — ' — ! — i-XZTI_p_pZl-'_  I-    ^       I -^-raZtI-^_III-_; — ;_ Z5-IZ«_fI^C_^ — JZ L 


s 


WESTFORD.     CoucUided. 


193 


BUst  Jesus  what  (It-  liclous  fare        How  sweet  thine  enter-  tainraents  are  Never    <lid     angels    taste  aliove        Re-    (leeiriinjt    Rraco    or    dy-    ing     love 


ili^lSifeiii^llilE^i 


WESTFOBD  J^EW.     6,  6,  6,  6,  &"  4,  4,  4,  4.     Belknap's  Jly.nn.  i63.  iiolyoke. 


i^SliSiiiiSi^iliiil^liiSiiiliiJ 


Loud  to  the  prince  of  heav'n     Our  cheerful  voices  raise 


With  conscious  worth  All  bright  in  charms  Ail  clad  in  arms  lie  sallies  forth 


gi^^SSiiil^Sl^i^iiliiiiSi^iil 


:g^|gggg 


hr-k-P 


Sffisegi 


To  him  your  vows  be  giv'n     And  fill  his  courts  with  praise 


dfe 


piiSiiiiilfe 


194 


WILLLIMSTOWX.     L.  M. 


Watts'  Psalms.  51. 


BROWK. 


pSisS^lg 


4-i- 


img^i^gfeE^^ig 


misi 


'-F-PT!»-=r'»-»TF=n^ 


11 


fids 


i^iiiilriissist 


I  Show  pity  Lonl  O  Loi-d  forgive  Let  a  repenting  rebel  live  Are  utt  tliy  mercies  large  and  free     May  not 

--  :zi:ijq— r — it-cth — r-»Tr r^ 


i^lEiligii 


May  not  a  sinner  trust   in        ihee 
—  ]  2 


Jifii^ligiii 


+■ 


=^ 


JKK 


Fp:=^ 


zff 


iSSiiil 


=IT¥ 


Are  not 

WIXWICK.     5's  c^-  6s. 


MAD  AN. 


.-t 


•_  •' 


^^-^-^ 


F. 


*ZBI 


IjiiiiiiSgiiii 


za=3 


i^^mi^s 


APPENDIX. 


195 


IN  the  following  pages  there  will  be  many  words  found  which  are  not  now  in  common  usej  but  are  still  to  be  found  in  some  ancient  pub- 
lications, which  renders  their  insertion  in  this  place  necessary.  Other  words  in  common  use,  and  not  here  inserted,  will  be  found  in  our 
common  English  dictionaries.  Many  of  the  following  terms  are  from  the  Italian ;  and  are  explained,  as  they  are  applicable  to  the  science  of 
music,  without  regard  to  their  connection  with  other  branches  of  literature. 


.Sccent,  a  stress  of  the  voice  on  a  particular 
note  or  syllable. 

Accord,  concord,  agreement,  union. 

Acrostick,  a  poem,  the  first  letters  of  the  lines 
of  which  form  a  name. 

^cute,  high,  sharp,  shrill. 

Magio,  very  slow,  the  character  C. 

Mlibitium,  as  you  will,  as  you  choose. 

fiEolus,  or  .Moiian  harp,  a.  string  placed  in  the 
wind  in  such  a  manner  as  causes  it  to  vibrate 
and  send  forth  sweet  sounds;  a  window- 
harp. 

Jlffethioso,  tender,  affecting,  mournful,  plain- 
tive. 

Airietta,  a  short  air,  a  short  piece  of  music. 

•Sir,  the  tenor  part,  the  inclination  of  a  piece 
of  music. 

Mlegro,  lively,  quick,  the  character  3. 

Mlegro-picu,  quicker  than  allegro. 

Mlegro-poco,  slower  than  allegro. 

Alemain,  or  Mnmnda,  a  particular  kind  of  tune, 
usually  repeated  in  one  part  only. 

Alexandrine,  a  kind  of  verse,  having  twelve 
syllables  to  each  line. 

Alt,  high,  above  the  stave. 

Alto-octavo,  an  octave  higher. 

AUo-repieno,  cliorus  by  turns. 


Alto,  or  Altus,  high,  counter. 

Alto-viola,  a  small  violin. 

Anacreontics,  light  airs,  lyrical  pieces. 

Andante,  moderate. 

Anima,  vivace,  lively. 

Antiphon,  or  Antiphony,  an  echo,  a  response, 
alternate  singing. 

Antistrophe,  a  second  or  intermediate  stanza. 

Appetone,  between  a  tone  and  a  semitone. 

Appogiatura,  a  small  note  of  transition,  a  lead- 
ing note. 

Arciluto,  a  large  or  bass  lute. 

Arco,  a  fiddle  bow. 

Arpegio,  conchords  succeeding  each  other. 

Arsis,  or  Thesis,  the  contrary  parts  of  music 
crossing  each  other. 

Assay,  steady,  regular  time. 
B. 

Bagpipe,  a  kind  of  wind  instrument,  made 
with  pipes  and  supplied  with  wind  by  means 
of  leather  bags  like  bellows. 

Band,  a  large  number  of  musicians  performing 
together  on  instruments  of  different  kinds. 

Bar,  a  division  line  crossing  the  stave. 

Bass,  or  Base,the  lowest  part  or  stave,  the  foun- 
dation or  ground  of  music, low, grave, solemn. 

Basso,  the  bass. 

Bassoon,  a  kind  of  wind  instrument  for  bass. 


Bass-viol,  a  large,  or  bass-fiddle. 

Battuta,  the  motion  which  keeps  time  in  music: 

Bianary,  twofold, a  measure  of  two  equal  beats. 

Biss,  twice. 

Blank  verse,  poems  without  rhyme. 

Bombardo,  an  instrument  like  a  large  hautboy. 

„  I         .  C  for  eombinina;  the  sev- 

Brace,  a  character      -J       1       .^     i-        • 
.t.i«i.c,  a.  wiaiavici       ^  gral  parts  ol  music. 

Brieve,  an  ancient  note  xi  equal  to  two  semi- 
breves. 

C. 

Cadence,  sinking  in  sound,  closing  a  straiir. 

Camera-music,  private  music. 

Canticles,  divine  or  pious  poems,  songs. 

Canto,  a  song,  a  short  piece  for  treble. 

Canorous,  loud  and  harmonious. 

Capelltt,  a  musician,  a  cliapel  clerk. 

Cantus,  high,  counter-tenor,  alto-tenor. 

Cannon,  a  piece  in  whicli  one  part  follows  tlie 
other  in  the  same  stave. 

Canzone,  cantata,  sonata,  allegro. 

Canzonette,  a  short  poem. 

Carol,  to  sing,  a  song  of  joy  or  praise, 

Catacoustics,  reflected  sounds,  echoes^ 

Chant,  to  sing,  sing  praises. 

Chanting-piece,  a  set  piece,  a  piece  of  music  of 
considerable  length,  confined  to  particulaif 
Vvordsin  metre,  a  kind  of  ar-tbem. 


19C 


APPENDIX. 


Cliave,  a  clift'. 

Cliacoon,  a  piece  in  triple  time,  for  treble  and 

bass. 
C'hiesa,  public,  church  music,  contrary  to  ca- 

niera  music. 
Chime,  sounding  like  bells,  conchord,  an  ac- 
companiment. 
Chillies,  a  kind  of  instruments  said  to  be  made 

of  shells. 
Chord,  a  sound,  a  conchord,  proportional  vi- 
brations. 
Chorus,  all  the  parts  together. 
Chroma,  a  trill,  a  turn  or  shake. 
Chromatic,  having  many  semitones. 
t'hurms,  confused  sounds,  dischords. 
Clarion,  a  shrill  sounding  wind  instrument. 
C'arioneite,  a  small  clarion. 
Clavichord,  an  old  kind  of  instrument,  ha%-ing 
5  bridges,  50  stops  and  TO  strings,  a  mansi- 
chord. 
Clnrio,  a  harpsichord. 

Cliff.<,  or  Clfffi,  characters  rcpresentin;  par- 
ticular sounds  or  decrees  on  the  stares. 
Clone,  a  character  composed  of  2h  double  bars, 

the  end  of  a  piece  of  music. 
Comma,  a  small  part,  as  ith,  itii,  &c.  of  a  tone. 
Comesupra.  repeat  the  same. 
Common  time,  duple  time,  equal  divisions,  as 


&^&,  10,  ^-c.  oi-S 


■4f 


^•c. 


Common  metre,  having  4  lines  to  each  verse, 
of  8  and  6  syllables  alternately. 


Compose,  to  make  tunes  or  pieces  of  music. 
Compositor,  one  who  sets  notes  to  tunes. 
Composition,  music  prepared  for  use. 
Compound  time,  coraraon  and  triple  time  com- 
bined, as  6,  12,  ^-c.  or  SS  ^-c. 

Con,  with,  as  con  life,  i.  e  with  life. 

Cowcer/,  many  singers  or  instruments  together. 

Concerto,  many  singers  and  instruments  to- 
gether. 

Conchord,  a  proportional  number  of  vibrations, 
an  agreement  or  union  of  sounds. 

Concinous,  between  a  conchord  and  dischord, 
but  not  properly  either. 

Cord,  the  string  of  an  instrument. 

Consonance,  an  intermediate  conchord. 

Counter,  the  third  stave,  the  third  part. 

Counter  parts,  or  Contrary  parfs,  the  several 
different  parts,  or  all  the  parts  included  by 
a  brace,  or  used  together. 

Counterfiige,  a  contrary  fuge,  the  other  part 
beginning  fust. 

Counter  point,  figures  placed  under  the  stave 
shewing  the  conchord,  &c.  for  the  organ. 

Cresendo,  increasing  in  sound,  becoming  loud- 
er. 

Crotchet,  a  note,  the  i  of  a  semibreve. 

Ctjmhal.  a  kind  of  instrument. 

Cylhera,  a  kind  of  triangular  instrument. 
U. 

Da,  for  or  by. 

J)a  capo,  repeat  tlie  first  strain  for  the  ending 


Bactyle,  one  long  and  two  short  syllables  al- 
ternately. 

Demi,  half. 

Demisemiquaver,  a  short  note,  ^V  of  a  semi- 
breve. 

Diagram,  the  gamut  or  rudiments  of  music. 

Dialogue,  a  composition  for  several  voices  by 
turns. 

Diapason,  an  octave,  an  eighth  degree. 

Diapason-dittdex,  a  compound  conchord,  in  ra- 
tio, as  10  to  3,  or  16  to  5,  nearly. 

Diapason-diapente,  a  compound  consonance^ 
in  ratio,  as  3  to  9,  &c. 

Diapason-diatessaron,  a  compound  conchord, 
in  ratio,  as  8  is  to  3. 

Diapason-ditone,  a  conchord,  in  ratio  or  pro- 
portion, as  5  is  to  2. 

Diapason-semiditone,  a  conchord,  in  propor- 
tion, as  12  is  to  5. 

Diapente,  a  conchord,  a  oth  degree. 

Diapona,  a  dischord. 

Diesis,  a  semitone. 

Diatessaron,  a  fourth,  the  same  as  quarta. 

Diminuendo,  diminishing  in  sound,  &c. 

Direct,  a  character  vf  shewing  the  place  of  the 
following  note. 

Dirge,  a  mournful  son^. 

Disonance,  dischord,  disagreement. 

Dis,  to  part  asunder. 

Ditune.  an  interval  of  two  tones. 

Disdiapason,  a  double  octave,  a  15th. 

Dissonant,  out  of  tune 

Distich,  two  lines  of  poetry. 


APPENDIX. 


197 


Dot,  two,  twice. 

Doux,  soft  and  sweet,  piano. 

Dolce,  sweet,  soft  and  gentle. 

Dnlcet,  a  kind  of  instrument. 

Douced,  a  kind  of  dulcimer. 

Doric  mood,  a  slow  and  solemn  movement. 

Drama,  a  tragical  piece  for  the  stage,  some- 
thing to  be  acted. 

Dramatic,  tragical,  mournful,  actionable  in  a 
mournful,  sorrowful  manner. 

Duet,  two  parts  only  moving  together. 

Dulcimer,  an  instrument  like-a  harpsichord. 
E. 

Echo,  a  soft  returning  sound,  a  sound  vibrating 
back. 

Echombter,  a  scale  for  measuring  the  duration 
and  ratio  of  sounds. 

Echlogue,  a  song,  a  pastoral  or  rural  poem. 

Ecliu^,  soft,  like  an  echo. 

Elegy,  a  funeral  poem,  a  mournful  piece. 

Elysian,  exceeding  delightful,  sweet  and  plea- 
sant. 

Eolick,  verymajestica  particular  mood  of  time. 

Epic,  heroic,  actions  related  in  poetry. 

Episode,  a  digression  from  the  main  subject  of 
a  poem. 

Epigram,  a  short  pointed  kind  of  poetry. 

Epilogue,  a  concluding  piece. 

Epiphonema,  an  exclamation,  a    conclusive 
sentence. 

Epithalamiwn,  a  nuptial  song. 

Epicidium,  an  elegy,  a  funeral  poem. 

Epvde,  a  pindaric  ode,  a  kind  of  stanza. 


Epopee,  an  epic  or  heroic  poera. 
F. 

Fa,  or  Faw,  the  second  syllable  applied  to  the 
notes. 

Fantasia,  according  to  fancy. 

Fin,  the  last  note,  sostinuto. 

Flageolet,  a  kind  of  small  flute. 

Flute,  a  kind  of  wind  instrument. 

Flat,  a  character  b  low,  dull,  mournful. 

Flourish,  an  overture  to  prepare  a  voice,  'or  in- 
strument. 

Forte,  loud. 

Forte-piano, yi  kind  of  instrument. 

Folia,  a  particular  kind  of  time. 

Fortement,  loud  and  strong. 

Fortissimo,  very  loud. 

Frets,  stops  on  an  instrument. 

Fuge,  or  Fugha,  the  parts  of  music  following 
each  other  in  succession. 

Furia,  quick,  violent. 

G. 

Gamut,  the  scale  or  rudiments  of  music. 

Gavot,  or,  Gavotta,  a  lively  kind  of  air  in  com- 
mon time,  sometimes  repeated. 

Gay,  brisk,  lively. 

Genus,  a  particular  part  or  division  of  melody. 

Gigue,  or  Jig,  a  lively  air  in  triple  time. 

Grand,  full,  great,  complete,  pleasing. 

Gratioso,  agreeable,  suitable 

Grave,  slow,  solemn,  mournful,  most  slow. 

Gravity,  lowness,  a  low  sound. 

Guido,  a  direct. 

Guitar,  a  kind  of  stringed  instrument. 


H. 

Hallelujah,  "praise  ye,"'  a  song  of  praise. 

Harmony,  a  pleasing  union  of  sounds. 

Harmonics,  the  doctrine  of  sounds. 

Harmonist,  a  writer  of  harmony,  a  musician. 

Harmonica,  a  kind  of  instrument,  said  to  have 
been  invented  by  Dr.  Franklin. 

Hnrmonical,  musical,  agreeable  to  the  rules  of 
harmony. 

Harmonical-sounds,  a  certain  proportional 
number  of  variations  of  sounds  or  degrees. 

Harmonious,  pleasing,  charming,  melodious. 

Harp,  a  kind  of  triangular  stringed  instrument. 

Harpsichord,  a  stringed  instrument. 

Hautboy,  or  Hoboy,  a  kind  of  wind  instrument. 

Hexametre,  having  six  lines  to  a  verse. 

Hemitone,  a  halftone  a  demitone. 

Hocounter,  counter-tenor  or  cantus. 

Hodesis,  the  first  or  upper  treble,  where  there 
are  two. 

Hold,  a  character  /^  used  by  some  authors  to 
stretch  the  time  of  some  notes,  a  surprise. 

Hosannah,  an  exclamation  of  praise  to  God. 

Hymn,  a  sacred  or  divine  song. 

HymeniaL  a  marria-^e  song. 

Hymnernphon,  a  very  extraordinary  kind  of  in- 
strument invented  by  Keffelsen  at  Copenha- 
gen, 181S. 

I. 

Iambic,  every  second  syllable  accented. 

Idyl,  a  short  poem,  an  eclogue  or  pastoral 
poem. 

Index,  a  direct. 


198 


APPENDIX. 


Tnno,  a  hymn  or  song. 

Iiiscanna,  a  rest  instead  of  a  concluding  note. 
Intonation,  giving  the  pitch  or  key  of  a  tune. 
Interval,  the  distance  between  two  degrees  or 

sounds. 
Inlrada.  a  prelude  or  beginning  piece. 
Ionic,  light  and  soft. 

Jacks,  pieces  of  wood  under  the  keys  of  in- 
struments. 

Jar,  a  liarsh  sound,  adischord. 

Jargon,  a  confused  mixture  of  chords  and  dis- 
chords,  or  dischords  only. 

Jubilee,  a  time  of  rejoicing,  a  festival  hymn. 

IV. 

Keyf,  pieces  of  silver,  brass,  ivory,  &c.  for 
placing  the  fingers  on,  to  strike  the  semi- 
tones truly  on  an  instrument. 

Key-note,  the  principal  or  leading  note  of  each 
octave. 

L 

La  or  Law,  the  fourth  syllable  applied  to  the 
notes.  ■ 

Large,  the  name  of  the  longest  of  all  the  notes 
used  by  the  ancients,  equal  to  8  semibreves. 

Largo,  a  movement  one  degree   quicker  than 

grave,  the  character  -{^ 

Langtiido,  solemn,  slow,  sorrowful. 
Lima,  the  difference  between  major  and  minor. 
Lintement,  the  same  as  largo. 
M-Libitium,  as  you  will. 


Linto,  slow. 

Long,  the  name  of  the  second  note  formerly 

used,  equal  to  4  semibreves. 
Long-metre,  having  4  lines  to  each  veree,  of  & 

syllables  each. 
Lucto,  a  lute. 

Luctuous,  mournful,  sorrowful. 
Lute,  a  kind  of  stringed  instrument. 
Lutanist.  one  who  plays  on  a  lute. 
Lyrement,  lightly,  gently. 
Lyre,  a  kind  of  instrument,  a  harp. 
Lyrist,  one  who  plays  on  a  harp  or  lyre. 
Lyrick,  suitable  for  the  lyre,  poetry  suitable  to 

be  sung  with  a  harp. 
Lyrical,  pertaining  to  the  harp. 
Lydian-measure,  or  Lydian-mode,  a  mode  of 

time,  or  particular  kind  of  movement,  soft, 

sweet  and  pleasant. 

M, 
J^Iadrigal,  a  love  song. 

Major,  or  Major-mode,  the  sharp  key  com- 
manding, including  the  greater  third,  high, 

cheerful. 
Major-chord,  an  interval  or  conchord,  having 

more  semitones  than  a  minor  chord  of  the 

same  number  of  degrees. 
JJ/i,  or  .Vee,  the  first  syllable  applied  to  the  notes. 
Mansicliord,a.  kindof  instrument,aclarichord. 
Maestoso,  majestic,  grand. 
Magiore,  major,  greater,  higher. 
Mainpart,  the  principal  part,  the  tenor. 
Medley,  a  confused  mixture  of  sounds. 
Medeus.the  treblean  octave  lower  than  natural. 


Messa,  a  particular  kind  of  sacred  music. 

Melodious,  musical,  pleasant,  sweet. 

Miiiim,  a  note,  one  half  of  a  semibreve. 

■  Minima,  a  minim. 

Minor,  or  Minor-mode,  the  flat  key  command- 
ing, low,  mournful,  having  fewer  semitones 
than  major 

Mood,  or  Mode,  method,  position  of  a  piece  of 
music,  shewn  by  a  character. 

Monody,  a  mournful  piece,  an  elegy. 

Monochord,  an  instrument  commanding  48  de- 
grees on  one  longcord,  for  proving  intervals. 

Moestrw,  a  guide,  a  direct. 

Moods,  certain  proportions  of  time,  &c. 

Motets,  short  anthems. 

Modulate,  to  regulate  sounds,  to  sing. 

Modulation,  the  regulating  and  connection  of 
sounds  in  a  pleasing  manner. 

Music,  a  succession  of  pleasing  sounds  one  of 
the  liberal  sciences. 

Musician,  a  person  skilled  in  the  science  o4 
music,  a  teacher  of  music. 
N. 

JVeginoth,  a  kind  of  stringed  instrument. 

Mcessario,  continuing  like  thoro-bass. 

A''omipla.  in  quick  time,  like  jigs. 

JSTontropo,  not  too  fast,  not  too  slow,  &c. 

JVotes,  7  characters  representing  the  degrees 
or  sounds  of  music.     The  syllables  applied 
thereto  by  the  Italians  are  as  follows,  viz. 
ut      re      mi      fa      sol      la      si 
C       D       E       F       G       A      B 
12        14         5         6       7 


or 
or 


APPENDIX. 


199 


The  syllables  used  by  tfce  English  are 

Mi  Favv  Sol  Law  Faw  Sol  Law 
instead  of  these  three  last,  Mr.  Adgate  uses 
Ba  Do  JNa,  but  his  plan  has  not  been  final- 
ly adopted. 

O. 

Obligate,  very  necessary. 

Ohoy,  a  hautboy. 

Octave,  an  eiglith  degree,  6  tones  and  2  semi- 
tones. 

Ode,  a  poem. 

Opera,  a  musical  entertainment. 

Organ,  the  largest  of  all  musical  instruments, 
any  thing  which  emits  a  sound,  as  the  voice. 

Orthestre,  the  place  in  a  room  or  tlieatre  where 
the  choir  of  musicians  sit  to  play. 

Ors;anist,  one  who  plays  on  an  organ. 

Organa,  a  small  organ. 

Ornturio,  a  kind  of  drama  set  to  music. 

Overture,  a  prelude  or  interlude,  a  beginning. 
P. 

Panharmonicon,  a  kind  of  instrument  (or  rath- 
er a  combination  of  instruments)  lately  in- 
vented in  Germany :  it  answers  the  purpose 
of  a  band. 

Parody,  a  burlesque  on  something  serious. 

Pavula,  something  formed, or  to  be  formed  in- 
to a  song. 

ParlL- alar-metre,  a  measure  different  from 
those  in  common  use,  not  like  long,  common, 
or  short  metre. 

Pause,  a  rest,  an  interuission,  silenc«. 


Pastoral,  rural,  a  shepherd's  song,  something 
pertaining  to  shepherds 

PassaciUo,  slow,  the  same  as  chacoou  or  cha- 
roon. 

Pettica  or  Pointee,  exactness  in  time,  true  in 
sound. 

Phimicks,  the  doctrine  of  sounds. 

P/ionacumtick,  having  the  power  of  turning  or 
altering  sounds. 

Phyrgian,  lotty.  sprightly,  warlike. 

Pentaatick,  consisting  of  5  verses  or  of  5  lines, 
&c. 

Pindarick  or  Pindaric,  a  kind  of  measure  us- 
ed by  P.  Pindar,  a  Greek  poet. 

Plana,  or  Piano,  soft  and  sweet,  a  kind  of  in- 
strument. 

Pienuo,  full,  complete. 

Pentameter,  five  lines  to  each  verse. 

Peab,  sounds,  as  of  bells. 

Pentachord,  an  instrument  with  5  strings. 

Piaiinissimo,  very  soft. 

Pice,  strong. 

Pipe,  a.  wind  instrument,  a  tube. 

Pitch,  the  proper  degree  for  a  tone  or  sound. 

I^tchpipe,  a  small  instrument  for  proving 
sounds. 

Pique,  to  divide,  to  make  distinctions. 

Plva,  a  hautboy. 

Pocii,  a  diminution  more  slow. 

Poem,  or  Portry,  verses  or  rhymes,  written 
acconling  to  certain  rules. 

Prelude,  an  overture,  a  beginning  piece. 

Prima,  the  first  or  principal  part. 


Presto,  quick. 

Presllssimo,  most  quick,  very  lively. 

i'risa,  a  repeating  character  :ll: 

Pronto,  quick,  lively. 

Prolatlon,  forming  a  trill  or  shake. 

Proper-metre,  according  to   some  particular. 

tune  or  measure. 
Prologue,  an  introductory    piece,  something 

before  the  main  subject. 
Psalm,  a  divine  or  sacred  song. 
Paltry,  a  kind  of  harp. 
Purfie,  an  ornament  on  an  instrument. 

Q.      . 
Quarta,  a  fourth  degree,  a  dischord. 
(Quaver,  a  short  note  one-eighth  of  a  semibreve. 
(luartetto,  a  composition  in  four  parts. 

fiacetavito,  or   Recitative,  something  resem,- 

bling  speaking  or  oratory. 
Reditta,  a  character,  a  repeat. 
Replica,  or  Replicato,  the  same  as  repeat. 
Rr>piireusion,  often  repeated. 
ffests,  marks  requiring  silence. 
llepianno,  chorus. 
liesurge,  rise  again. 
RHornal,  a  short  piece  for  the  instruments 

while  the  singers  rest,  a  symphony. 
R  petatur,  repeat  the  same  again. 
Respond,  or  Resound,  an  answer,  a  reply,  an 

echo. 
Roundo,  or  Rondeau,  a  tune,  the  first  part  of 

which  is  to  be  repeated.  Da  Oapo 
Rueful,  sorrowfuljmourniul,  dismal. 


.?rtO 


APPENDIX. 


Shymet  the  correspoiitknce  in  souml  olihe  last  svllahle  in 
lines  of  poc'tiy 

7?^//jm,,h:irniotiious  nieasHres  and  pTOi>orlions. 

JitquimUy  rest,  a  kind  orinouitong  hymn. 

liuralj  wild,  woodltkc,  pertaining  lo  the  counti'v- 
S. 

Saphicivt  kind  of  measure  used  by  Sapho  the  Poetess. 

iiiin're^  a  potni  written  lo  e\pose  \ice  and  folly. 

Safiricii/t  sharp,  sarcustic,  censiuing. 

•Score*  several  parts  writtt-n  oiil*  under  the  oilier. 

6Wa/ij  a  note  often  used  in  the  psalros  of  David,  the  true 
^     iin{>ort  of  which  is  unknown  ;  pcrliaps  it  may  be  a  musi- 
cal character  requiiinei;  attention,  or  signifying  ameiu 

Sev)ibreve,  the  lotigebt  note  now  in  use. 

Setni diapason^  an  inip.rfi  ct  octave. 

Semdiiipente,  a  lesser  tliiid,  a  minor  third. 

Seuza^  witliout. 

SepUino}ic.y  adiscoixl,  a  "th. 

Scstcito,  in  0  paits. 

i)iere?iadr^  a  night  sau?,  music  played  In  the  evening  to 
entet-tain  a  friend  oi-  lover. 

K>ejpentf  a  kind  ofci-onkcd  wind  instrument  for  bass. 

ShohCf  a  grace  of  inns'.c.  like  a  trill. 

Sharp,  a  ciiarscter  ii  for  raising  a  note?. 

Shurp^hetfy  [the  syllable  faw  bt.ing  the  key  note,  the  major 
mode. 

Si^ia   Si^Jtf.  chrn-acters,  noies 

Semitone,  a  fesser  second,  a  half  tone.  * 

Semiquarer';'Ji  short  note,  1-1 6th  of  a  seraibreve. 

Serauiiml.  r*  piece  in  low  triple  time. 

SfCoiuh:  thf  second  p:ul,  aif atcompanimcnt. 

•SV/i^,  to  make  melody  with  the  voice. 

Sixtht  3n  ini]ierfect  conchord. 

^litr.  a  dash  connecting  sevei-al  notes. 

Shart-metrey  four  Hues  to  each  veise  of  C  sylliiUcs  each, 
except  the  tliiid,  uhich  has  S  syllables. 

Sfile  ihi-  third  svUable  applied  to  the  notes, 

•So/o,  S'AuSy  one  pait  only. 

S<ma^  a  sriund. 

Sonorous,  loud  and  stroii;*. 

Song-,  A  pi'Wjni  cnrnpoaed  for  the  voic€. 

SanatCt  a  piece  iu  various  pans,  a  tune 


Sonnet,  a  kind  of  short  poem,  14  rerses. 

Sospira.^  a  i-est. 

SostinutOy  held  out  to  full  time,  a  concluding  note. 

SpicatOy  proper  divisions  and  tUstinctlous. 

SpiritosOy  vei-y  lively. 

Spinnet,  an  instrument  with  wire  strings. 

Spondee,  two  long  and  one  short  s\  Ilables. 

Stax-Cy  lines  and  spaces  for  musical  notes. 

Stanza,  a  set  of  hnes,  a  comphte  strain. 

Staccato,  a  character  requinng  a  distinct  sound. 

Strain,  a  kind  ot  stop  for  a  rest  or  repeat,  a  stanza. 

Stops,  marks  on  instruments  showing  where  to  reach  the 

degrees. 
StropJiCy  a  set  of  verses,  n  stanza. 
St/nwietri/,  beautiful  and  regular  proportion. 
S^mp/innt/y  a  concerto,  musical  sounds,  a  piece  of  music 

without  words,  which  the  instruments  play   while  the 

voices  rest. 
St/?icope.  cut  offj  falling  oft',  disjointed,  contracted  out  of  tlie 

usual  order. 
Si/ncopation,  notes  joined  in  the  same  degree  in  one  position. 

T. 
Tacit,  silent. 

Taciturniit/,  silcntness,  liabitual,  silence,  attention. 
Taviboriupy  an  instrument  with^nall  bells 
Tenor,  ih.e  second  stave,  the  piincipal  pait,  the  natural 

pitch  of  the  voice. 
Titrastick.  vn  cpigi*ara  or  stanza  of  4  verses.  ^ 

TestOy  lijihi'iy  touched. 
TetritHapason,  containing  three  octaves. 
Thirdy  an  imperfect  chord  of  3  or  4  seoiitones. 
Theorbo,  a  large  lute. 
Thorough-bass,  Uie  bass  part  continuing  through  without 

rests. 
Tliermody,  a  niourafu!  funeral  song. 
Timhrd,  an  old  kind  of  instrument  used  generally  by 

'.vomen. 
Time,  ^'ue  proportion  in  the  length  of  notes,  &c. 
Tt/iitroso,  with  great  care. 
Tocato  a  voluntary  piece  by  one  performer. 
Tnin-iti'm,  nio\ing  across  the  Btave,aa  intermediate  note, 

a  slurred  interval. 


Treble,  threefold,  the  third  octave  for  a  woman's  voioe. 
TriUy  a  turn  like  ■  shake,  a  roll. 

Treble  time  or  Triple  time,  threefold  proportions  of  note> 
requ'unng  3  beats  to  a  measure,  as 


S 


^•c. 


Trageily,  a  i1i'i<ma,  a  mournful  event 

TranspoaUion.  the  changini;  the  plaee  of  the  key  note. 

Trediapaaim,  the  three  octaves. 

Tremola,  m  ktrd  of  trill  or  shake. 

^  Wo,  or  TrteUo,  a  composition  in  three  parts. 

THte,  a  third. 

2\-i!ett0t  a  short  trill. 

Tnimpet,  a  kind  of  shrill  wind  instrament. 

'J'l/chet,  a  prelude. 

'i'utti,  chorus 

Tympanno,  kettle-drums  used  as  bass  to  a  trampet. 

Union  or  Unity  agreement,  combination,  concliord. 
Unison,  two  or  more  sounds  at  the  same  time,  on  the  same 

decree,  and  crrated  by  an  equal  number  of  vibi-alionB  fn 

the  same  space  of  time. 

V. 
Vero.  one  singer  or  player  to  each  part. 
Vei-t  or  VolU,  turn  over. 
Venthsimo,  twenty,  twentieth. 
Vite,  quick. 

Virginal,  a  kind  of  instrument. 
Viol,  an  instrument  with  6  strings. 
Violin  a  fiddle.     . 

Violincelo.  a  tenor  viol,  1-Sth  above  a  baas  viol. 
Viohm.  a  large,  or  double  bass  viol. 
Visto.  or  Vistaments,  very  soft 
Vivace   with  life,  sprightly 
VoUisubito,  turn  over  quickly. 
Volvntan.  descant  extempore,  played  at  randoni 

W 
Waltz, «  kind  of  military  music,  a  kmd  of  rasi'ch  far  dra. 

goons. 


•  a  •